Workshop manual

Single drum roller

ASC 70
ASC 90
ASC 100
ASC 110
ASC 130
ASC 150
ASC 200
ASC 250

ASC 70, ASC 90, ASC 100, ASC 110,

ASC 130, ASC 150, ASC 200, ASC 250
Single drum roller
Cummins Tier 1 - 3

Workshop manual
Edition 09/2008 EN

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Preface
Information, specifications, and recommended instructions for the assembly and disassembly of individual
components and parts of the machine contained in this publication are basic and final information at the time
of the printing of this publication. Printers errors, technical modifications, and modifications of figures are
reserved. All dimensions and weights are approximate and, therefore, not binding.
Ammann Czech Republic a.s. reserves the right to perform modifications without obligation to inform the
machine user. If you identify any differences between the machine operated by you and the information contained in this publication, contact your local dealer.
Reproduction or copying of any kind is prohibited without the written permission of Ammann Czech Republic
a.s.

Ammann Czech Republic a.s. | Nchodsk 145 | CZ549 01 Nov Msto nad Metuj

% + 420 491 476 111 | Fax + 420 491 470 215 | info@ammann-group.cz | www.ammann-group.cz

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

Contents

WORKSHOP MANUAL

Contents........................................................................................................................................................3
1.

Introduction.......................................................................................................................................5

2.

Safety precautions ..........................................................................................................................9

3.

Repair safety instructions..........................................................................................................37

4.

A summary of applications..........................................................................................................43

5.

description of the machine.........................................................................................................47

6.

Removing the engine.......................................................................................................................61

7. Drum removal...................................................................................................................................81
8.

Articulated joint..........................................................................................................................115

9.

Removal of pumps, cento clutch.............................................................................................127

10. Steering cylinders........................................................................................................................137

11. Controls...........................................................................................................................................141
12. The drivers station assembly...................................................................................................145
13. Disassembly of heater.................................................................................................................151
14. Electrical installation..............................................................................................................161
15. Removal of rops frame................................................................................................................179
16. Assembly of segments..................................................................................................................183
17. Disassembly of wheel...................................................................................................................189
18. Removal of hydraulic motors.................................................................................................193
19. Replacing pressure filter of hydraulics.............................................................................201
20. Filling hydraulic oil....................................................................................................................205
21. Disassembly of level gauge.......................................................................................................209
22. Disassembly of the floater........................................................................................................213
23. Electrical schemata.....................................................................................................................217
24. Hydraulic..........................................................................................................................................267
25. Diagnostics of hydraulic system defects...........................................................................305
26. Check the tightening of bolted connections....................................................................319
27. Hand Signals...................................................................................................................................323

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

1. Introduction

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

1.

Introduction

The roller should be used under conditions defined in the Czech Standard (CSN) IEC 721-2-1 (038900): WT, WDr, MWDr, i. e. in mild, dry
warm and dry hot weather in the range of temperatures from -15 C (5 F) to 45 C (113 F).
If the machine is used incorrectly, by untrained operators or for other purpose than stipulated above, there is a danger of an accident
or damage to the equipment.
Some expressions are used in the manual for better orientation, i. e. right, left, forward, backward in the sense of the machine moving forward.
6

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
SYMBOLS OF THE SAFETY NOTICES IN THE OPERATION MANUAL:

The notice warns of a serious risk of personal injury or other personal hazards.

The notice warns of possible damages to the machine or its parts.

The notice warns of the necessity of environmental protection.

! NOTICE !
As used in this operating manual, the terms right, left, front and rear indicate the sides of
the machine moving forward.

FRONT

LEFT

RIGHT

REAR

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

282N100TA

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

2. Safety precautions

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

2.

Safety precautions

Generalities

Starting

Read the Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manual carefully before starting, operating, maintaining, fuelling or servicing the machine.

Never start or operate a failed machine. Walk all around the

machine before mounting.

Carefully read the explanation to each and all safety signs in the
special section of this Manual before starting, operating, maintaining, fuelling or servicing the machine.
Machine-mounted safety plates are colour coded yellow with
black borders when they refer to points where special ATTENTION must be paid and failure to observe them may cause a serious DANGER to the integrity of machine operators. They are
white with red borders and black lettering when they refer to a
FORBIDDEN practice.
It is fundamental that all machine operators know very well the
meaning of each safety plate as this considerably decreases operating hazards and accidents.
Do not allow unauthorised personnel to operate or service this
machine.
Do not wear rings, wrist watches, jewellery, loose or hanging
garments, such as ties, torn clothing, scarves, unbuttoned or
unzipped jackets that can get caught in moving parts. Wear certified safety clothes such as: hard hat, no-slip footwear, heavy
gloves, ear protection, safety glasses , reflector vests, respirators
every time the job requires it. Ask your employer about safety
regulations in force and protective equipment. Always keep the
operators compartment, step plates, grab-rails and handles
clean and clear of foreign objects, oil, grease, mud or snow to
minimise the danger of slipping or stumbling. Remove mud or
grease from your shoes before operating the machine.
Do not jump on or off the machine. Always keep both hands and
one foot, or both feet and one hand in contact with steps and/
or grab rails.
Do not use controls or hoses as hand holds. Hoses and controls
are movable parts and do not provide solid support. Besides,
controls may be inadvertently moved and cause unexpected
movement of the machine or its attachments.
Never operate the machine or its attachments from any position
other than sitting in the drivers seat. Keep head, body, limbs,
hands and feet inside the operators compartment at all times
to reduce exposure to external hazards.
Be careful of possible slippery conditions of the steps and hand
rails as well as of the ground around the machine. Wear protective boots or shoes with the soles made of highly no-slip rubber.
Do not leave the machine until it has come to a complete stop.
Always check height, width and weight limitations which may
be encountered in the working site and ensure the machine
does not exceed them.
Assess exact paths of gas ducts, water mains, telephone lines,
sewers, overhead and underground electric lines and all other
possible obstacles.

Before operating the machine, make sure that any possible dangerous condition has been properly removed. Before starting
machine, check that steering and attachment controls are in
the neutral position and the safety lever is in the LOCK position.
Immediately report any malfunction of parts or systems to the
maintenance managers for proper action.
Prior to starting the engine, check, adjust and lock the drivers
seat for maximum riding comfort and control accessibility. Prior
to operating the machine and/or its attachments, check that bystanders are outside the machine operating range. Sound the
horn.
Obey all hand signals, safety indications and signs. Due to the
presence of flammable fluids, never check fuel level, refuel,
charge the batteries or use the starting fluid in the presence of
smoking materials, open flames or sparks.
Ensure that nobody is within operating area before starting the
machine or moving in any direction.
Adjust all rear-view mirrors for maximum visibility of the area
behind the machine.
Ensure that engine speed is appropriate to the job to be carried
out.
If any hydraulic control or system exhibits erratic performance
or responds abnormally, have the machine checked for air in the
system.
Air in these circuits may cause incorrect movements with consequent accident hazard. Refer to the Operation and Maintenance
Instruction Manual about corrective action to be taken.

Operating
Do not run the engine of this machine in closed buildings without proper ventilation capable to remove harmful exhaust gases
which concentrate in the air. Keep the operators compartment
free of foreign objects, especially if not firmly secured. Never use
the machine to transport objects, unless proper securing points
are provided.
Do not carry riders on the machine.
Study and familiarise with escape routes alternative to normal
exit routes.
For your personal safety, do not climb on or off the machine
while it is in motion.
Make sure that bystanders are clear of the machine operating
range before starting the engine and operating the attachment.
Sound the horn.

Such paths should be opportunely defined by

Obey all hand signals, safety indications and signs. When backing, always look to where the machine is to be moved. Be alert
of the position of bystanders. Should someone enter the work
area, stop the machine.

competent Authorities. If necessary, require that the service is

interrupted or said installations are moved prior to starting the
work.

Maintain a safe distance from other machines or obstacles to

ensure required visibility conditions. Always give way to loaded
machines.

You must know the working capacity of the machine. Define the
rear upperstructure swing area and provide for opportune barriers to prevent access into it.

Maintain a clear vision of the surroundings of the travel or work

area at all times.
Keep cab windows clean and repaired.
When pulling loads or towing through a cable or chain, do not
start suddenly at full throttle. Take-up slack carefully.

10

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Avoid kinking or twisting chains or cables.
Carefully inspect cables or chains for flaws or problems before
proceeding.
Do not pull through a kinked chain or cable as the high anomalous stresses existing in this condition may induce failures in the
kinked portion.
Always wear heavy gloves when handling chains or cables.
Chains and cables should be securely anchored using suitable
hooks. Anchor points should be strong enough to withstand the
expected load.
Keep anyone clear of anchor points and cables or chains.
Do not pull or tow unless the operators compartments of
the machines involved are properly protected against possible backlash in case of cable or chain failure or detachment.
Be alert of soft ground conditions close to newly constructed
walls. The fill material and machine weight may cause the wall
to collapse under the machine.
In darkness, check area of operation carefully before moving in
with the machine. Use all lights provided. Do not move into low
visibility areas.
If the engine tends to slow down and stall for whatever reason
under load or at idle, immediately report this problem to the
maintenance managers for proper action. Do not operate the
machine until this condition is corrected.
Regularly check all exhaust system components, as exhaust
fumes are toxic for the operator.
Operators must know the performance of the machine they are
driving.
When working on slopes or near sudden level drops in the terrain, pay attention not to lose adherence and avoid loose soft
ground since overturn or loss of machine control could result.
If noise level is high and exceeds 90 dB(A) over 8 hours at the
operators ear, wear approved ear protection in compliance with
local regulations.
Do not operate the machine if you are extremely tired or feel ill.
Be especially careful towards the end of the working shift.
Where removable counterweights are provided, do not operate
the machine if they have been removed.
When operating the machine, keep in mind height limits of overhead doors, arches, overhead cables and lines as well as width
limits of corridors, roads and narrow passages. Also, get to know
load limits of the ground and paving type of the ramps you are
to work on. Beware of fog, smoke or dust that obscure visibility.
Always inspect the working area to identify potential risks such
as: inclines, overhangs, trees, demolition rubble, fires, ravines,
steep slopes, rough terrain, ditches, crowns, ridge trenches,
diggings in traffic areas, crowded parking lots, crowded service
areas, fenced zones. In such conditions, proceed with extreme
care.
Whenever possible, avoid crossing over obstacles such as very
rough terrain, rocks, logs, steps, ditches, railroad tracks. When
obstructions must be crossed, do so with extreme care and at a
square angle, if possible. Slow down. Ease up to the break-over
point, pass the balance point slowly and ease down the other
side also using the attachment, if necessary.
To overcome deep trenches or sinking ground, place the machine perpendicular to the obstacle, drastically reduce ground
speed and start crossing using also the attachment if necessary,
only after assessing that ground conditions allow the traverse
safely and without risks.
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

The gradient you may attempt to overcome is limited by factors

such as ground conditions, load being handled, machine type
and speed, and visibility.
There is no substitute for good judgement and experience when
working on slopes.
Avoid operating the attachment too close to an overhang or
high wall, either above or below the machine. Beware of caving edges, falling objects and landslides. Remember that such
hazards are likely to be concealed by bushes, undergrowth and
such.
Avoid faggots, bushes, logs and rocks. Never drive over them,
nor over any other surface irregularities that discontinue adherence or traction with the ground, especially near slopes or dropoffs.
Be alert to avoid changes in adherence conditions that could
cause loss of control.
Work with extreme care on ice or frozen ground and on
stepped slopes or near drop-offs.
Never use the machine as a work platform or scaffolding. The
machine must not be improperly used for works not consistent
with its features (such as pushing railway cars, trucks or other
machines). Always pay attention to people within the machine
operating range.
Ground speed should be adequate to ground conditions.
- Nobody should be allowed to stand within the machine operating range for any reason whatever. Never exceed specified
loading capacity. Incorrect fastening of slings or chains may
cause boom/arm failure or failure of the lifting means with consequent bodily injuries and even death.
Always ensure that slings and chains used for lifting are adequate to the load and in good condition.
All features capacities are referred to the machine on a
level surface and should be disregarded when working on
a slope.
Avoid travelling across slopes. Proceed from uphill downhill and
vice-versa.
Working on slopes is dangerous. Grade the working area if possible. Reduce work cycle time if it is not possible to grade the
working area.
We recommend to work on slopes after checking machine stability.
Properly judge ground conditions with particular attention to
consistency of the area you are going to work on.
Keep the machine sufficiently far from the ditch edge. Do not
swing the upperstructure, raise the load or brake abruptly if not
required. This may cause accidents.
Prior to beginning the work near gas distribution mains or other
public utilities:
- Contact the company owner of the gas mains or its nearest
branch before starting the work. Look up the number in the telephone directory.
- Define together which precautions should be taken to guarantee work safety.
- Decrease work speed. Reaction time could be too slow and distance evaluation wrong.
- When working near gas mains or other public utilities installations, appoint a person in charge of signalling duties. This
person will have the responsibility of observing the machine,
any part of it and/or the load approaching the gas mains from
a standpoint more favourable than the Operators. This signal
11

2.

Safety precautions

man (flagman) must be in direct communication with the Operator and the Operator must pay undivided attention to the
signals supplied.
- The gas distributing Company, if previously advised and involved in the work, as well as machine Operator, Owner and/
or any natural person or legal entity having rent or leased the
machine or being responsible at the time by contract or by law,
are liable for the adoption of the necessary precautions.
Working near electric lines can be very dangerous, therefore
some special precautions must be observed. Within this Manual,
work near electric lines means when the attachment (in any
position) may reach the minimum safety distance established
by local or international Safety Regulations.
To work without risks, keep maximum possible distance from
electric lines and never trespass minimum safety distance. Ensure that local or national safety regulations concerning work
near electric lines are observed.
Prior to beginning the work near electric lines:
- Contact the Company owner of the electric lines or its nearest
branch before starting the work.
Look up the in the telephone directory.
- Define together with the Company representative which precautions should be taken to guarantee work safety.
- All electric lines should be considered as operative live lines
even though it might be well known that the line in question is
out of work and visibly connected to the ground.
- The Electric Power Company, if previously advised and involved
in the work, as well as machine Operator, Owner and/or any natural person or legal entity having rent or leased the machine or
being responsible at the time by contract or by law, are liable for
the adoption of the necessary precautions.
- Decrease work speed. Reaction time could be too slow and distance evaluation wrong.
- Warn all ground personnel to keep clear of the machine at all
times.
- Appoint a person in charge of signalling duties.
This person will have the responsibility of observing II the machine approaching the electric lines from a I standpoint more
favourable than the Operators. This signal man (flag-man) must
be in direct communication with the Operator and the Operator
must pay undivided attention to the signals supplied.

Stopping
When the machine is to be stopped for whatever reason, always
check that all controls are in the neutral position and that the
safety lever is on the lock position to guarantee risk-free startup.
Never leave the machine unattended with the engine running.
Prior to leaving the drivers seat, and after making sure that all
people are clear of the machine, slowly lower the attachment
until resting it safely to the ground. Retract possible auxiliary
tools to the closed safety position.
Check that all controls are in the neutral position. Move engine
controls to the shut-down position. Switch off the key-start
switch. Consult the Operation and Maintenance Instruction
Manual. Park the machine in a non-operating and no-traffic
area. Park on firm level ground. If this is not possible, position
the machine at a right angle to the slope, making sure there is
no danger of uncontrolled sliding.
If parking in traffic lanes cannot be avoided, provide appropriate flags, barriers, flares and other signals as required to adequately warn the oncoming drivers. Always switch off the keystart switch before cleaning, repairing or servicing, or parking
the machine to prevent accidental unauthorised start-up.
Never lower the attachment or auxiliary tools other than from
sitting in the operators seat. Sound the horn. Make sure that
nobody is within the machine operating range. Lower the attachment slowly.
Securely block and lock the machine every time you leave it unattended. Return keys to the safe place previously agreed upon.
Perform all necessary operations for stopping as detailed in the
Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manual.
Drive the machine far from pits, trenches, rocky hanging walls,
areas with overhead electric lines, and slopes before stopping it
at the end of the working day. Move all controls to the position
specified for machine stopping. Refer the Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manual.
Never park on an incline without accurately blocking the machine to prevent unexpected movement.
Follow stopping instructions contained in the Operation and
Maintenance Instruction Manual.

When working in or near pits, in ditches or very high walls, check

that the walls are sufficiently propped up to avoid cave-in hazards.
Pay the utmost attention when working near overhang walls
or where landslides may take place. Make sure that the support
surface is strong enough to prevent landslides.
Always check ground conditions and conditions of the material
to be removed. Support everywhere it is required to prevent
possible cave-ins or landslides:
- near previous trenches filled with material, - in bad ground
conditions,
- when working trenches subject to vibration from railroads,
working machines or highway traffic.

12

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
MAINTENANCE

steps. Always perform all service or maintenance work with the

greatest care and attention.

Generalities

Shop and/or field service platforms or ladders should be manufactured and maintained in accordance with local or national
safety regulations in force.

Carefully read the Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manual before starting, operating, maintaining, fuelling or servicing
the machine in any manner.
Read all safety plates mounted on the machine and observe
instructions they contain before starting, operating, repairing,
fuelling or servicing the machine. Do not allow unauthorised
personnel to repair or service the machine.
Follow all recommended maintenance and service procedures.
Do not wear rings, wrist watches, jewellery, loose or hanging
garments, such as ties, torn clothing, scarves, unbuttoned or
unzipped jackets that can get caught in moving parts. Wear certified safety clothes such as: hard hat, no-slip footwear, heavy
gloves, ear protection, safety glasses, reflector vests, respirators
when required. Ask your employer about safety regulations in
force and protective equipment.
Do not use controls or hoses as hand holds. Hoses and controls
are movable parts and do not provide solid support. Besides,
controls may be inadvertently moved and cause unexpected
movement of the machine or its attachments.
Do not jump on or off the machine. Always keep both hands and
one foot, or both feet and one hand in contact with steps and/
or grab rails.

Disconnect batteries and label all controls to warn that service

work is in progress, according to local and national safety regulation requirements.
Block the machine and all attachments to be raised according to
local and national safety regulation requirements.
Do not check or fill fuel tanks or install batteries near burning
or smoking materials and open flames due to the presence of
flammable vapours.
The fuel filler pipe nozzle must be constantly kept in contact
with the filler neck and this even before fuel starts flowing in.
Keep this contact from the beginning to the end of the fuelling
operation to avoid possible generation of sparks due to static
electricity.
Use a trailer to haul a failed machine. Should it be necessary to
tow it, provide for suitable danger signals as required by the local norms and regulations and observe recommendations given
in the Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manual. Load/unload the machine on firm level ground providing safe support.
Use strong access ramps, with adequate height and angle. Keep
the trailer flatbed free of mud, oil or slippery materials. Tie the
machine securely to the trailer.

Never service the machine with someone sitting in the drivers

seat, unless this person is an authorised operator assisting in the
maintenance being carried out.

Never align holes or slots using your fingers; always use appropriate aligning tools.

Keep the operators compartment, step plates, grab rails and

handles clear of foreign objects, oil, grease, mud or snow to
minimise the danger of slipping or stumbling.

Use only approved and effectively grounded auxiliary power

sources for heaters, battery chargers, pumps and similar equipment to reduce electrical shock hazard.

Clean mud or grease from your shoes before climbing on the

machine or driving it.

Lift and handle heavy components using hoisting devices of appropriate capacity. Ensure the parts are supported by appropriate straps and hooks.

Never attempt to operate the machine or its attachments from

any position other than sitting in the operators seat.
Keep the drivers seat free from foreign objects, especially if
these are not secured.
Should it be necessary to move the attachment for maintenance
purposes, do not raise or lower the attachment from any other
position than sitting in the operators seat. Before starting the
machine or moving its attachment, sound the horn and require
that nobody remains near the machine.
Raise the attachment slowly.
Always lock all moving components or parts of the machine that
must be lifted for maintenance purposes using adequate external means as required by local and national regulations. Do not
allow anyone to pass or stay near or below a raised attachment.
If you are not absolutely sure about your safety, do not stay or
walk under a raised attachment.
Do not place head, body, limbs, hands, feet or fingers near articulated cutting edges deprived of the necessary guards, unless
they are suitably and safely locked.
Never lubricate, repair or adjust the machine with the engine
running, except when this is specifically required by the Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manual.
Do not wear loose clothing, jewellery near rotating parts.
When service or maintenance require access to areas that cannot be reached from the ground, use a ladder or step platform
conforming to local or national regulations to reach the working
area. If such means are not available, use machine grab rails and
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

Remove all sharp edges and burrs from re-worked parts.

Use lifting eyes provided to this aim.

Pay attention to bystanders near the lifting area.
Never pour gasoline or diesel fuel into open containers. Never
use gasoline, solvents or other flammable fluids to clean parts.
Use proprietary certified non-flammable, non-toxic solvents
only.
When using compressed air to clean parts, wear safety glasses
with side shields. Limit pressure to max. 2 bars, in accordance
with local and national safety regulations in force.
Do not run the engine of this machine in closed buildings without proper forced ventilation capable to remove toxic exhaust
gases concentrating in the air. Do not smoke, nor allow open
flames or sparks nearby while refuelling the unit or handling
highly flammable materials.
Do not use open flames as light sources to look for leaks or inspect anywhere on the machine.
Make sure that all mechanical tools provided are in good condition at all times. Never use tools with mushroomed or damaged
heads. Always wear eye protections with side shields.
Move with extreme care when working under, on or near the
machine or its attachments.
In case of attachment tests during which the engine should be
kept running, a qualified operator must sit in the drivers seat at
all times while the mechanic is at work.
Keep hands and clothes far OFF moving parts.
13

2.

Safety precautions

Stop the engine and move the safety lever to the lock position
before starting adjusting or repairing an assembly.
Do not carry out any work on the attachment without prior authorisation. Observe recommended maintenance and repair
procedures.
In case of field service, move the machine to level ground and
block it. If work on an incline cannot be avoided, securely block
the machine and its attachments. Move the machine to level
ground as soon as possible. Do not twist chains and cables.
Never use a twisted chain or cable for lifting or pulling. Always
wear safety gloves to handle chains or cables. Be sure chains and
cables are firmly fastened and that
the anchor point is strong enough to withstand the expected
load. Keep all bystanders clear of the anchor point, cables or
chains. Do not pull or tow unless the operators compartments of the machines involved are fitted with proper
guards against cable or chain backlash.
Keep the maintenance area clean and dry at all times. Clean immediately all water and oil spillage.
Do not pile up oily or greasy rags as they represent a major fire
hazard. Always store them in closed metal containers.
Before starting the machine or its attachment, check, adjust and
lock the operators seat. Also ensure that nobody is within the
machine or attachment operating range before starting or operating the machine and/or its attachments. Sound the horn.

injuries are most likely to occur. Pay attention to prevent possible you are near a welding in progress. Do not look the welding arc without proper eye protection.
Become acquainted with all your jacking equipment and their
capacity. Ensure that the jacking point on the machine is appropriate for the load applied. Also, be sure the supports under the
jack and between the jack and the machine are appropriate and
stable.
Any equipment supported by a jack represents a possible hazard. Always support the load onto appropriate blocking means
as a safety measure before proceeding with service or maintenance work, in compliance with local or national safety regulations. Metal cables produce steel splinters. Always wear certified
protection clothes such as safety gloves and glasses while handling them.
Handle all parts carefully. Keep hands and fingers away from
gaps, gears, and similar. Always use and wear certified safety
clothes such as safety glasses, gloves and footwear.
The attachment is kept constantly in position by an oil column
trapped into the high pressure circuit. Lower the attachment to
the ground and relieve pressure from all circuits prior to carrying out any type of maintenance or repair work.

Rust inhibitors are volatile and flammable. Prepare parts in well

ventilated areas. Keep open flames away. Do not smoke. Store
containers in a cool well ventilated place where they could not
be reached by unauthorised people.

Do not service or repair the machine if it is parked downhill.

Consult the Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manual for
correct maintenance procedure. Areas near articulated cutting
edges where mechanical parts are in motion are where personal
injuries are most likely to occur. Pay attention to prevent possible part movements by means of blocks or by keeping clear of
such zones when motion may take place during maintenance
or repair.

Do not carry loose objects in your pockets that might fall unnoticed into open compartments.

Move the hydraulic system lock safety lever to the lock position
when stopping the machine for whatever reason.

Wear appropriate safety clothing such as hard hat, safety shoes

and gloves, safety glasses when splinters or other particles may
be ejected.

Always install the safety stays for the hood and other hinged
covers before performing any maintenance or repair work in the
engine compartment.

Wear the appropriate welders equipment such as dark safety

glasses or mask, hard hat, protective clothing, safety gloves and
footwear always while welding or arc-cutting. Wear dark safety
glasses when you are near a welding in progress.

Transfers and transportation

Do not look the welding arc without proper eye protection.

Become acquainted with all your jacking equipment and their
capacity. Ensure that the jacking point on the machine is appropriate for the load applied. Also, be sure the supports under the
jack and between the jack and the machine are appropriate and
stable.
Any equipment supported by a jack represents a possible hazard. Always support the load onto appropriate blocking means
as a safety measure before proceeding with service or maintenance work, in compliance with local or national safety regulations. Metal cables produce steel splinters. Always wear certified
protection clothes such as safety gloves and glasses while handling them.
Handle all parts carefully. Keep hands and fingers away from
gaps, gears, and similar. Always use and wear certified safety
clothes such as safety glasses, gloves and footwear.
The attachment is kept constantly in position by an oil column
trapped into the high pressure circuit. Lower the attachment to
the ground and relieve pressure from all circuits prior to carrying out any type of maintenance or repair work.
Do not service or repair the machine if it is parked downhill.
Consult the Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manual for
correct maintenance procedure. Areas near articulated cutting
edges where mechanical parts are in motion are where personal
14

Before moving or transporting the machine, block it to prevent

accidental movement.
Pay particular attention during transfer on inclines, both uphill
and downhill.
Do not travel across the slope.
Never transfer the machine in the working site, in a crowded
area, or near people without having at least one person charged
with hand-signals who could guide the Operator.
Sound the horn to inform that you are about to move off.
It is necessary to know load limits of bridges and dimensional limits of tunnels. Such limits must never be exceeded. You
should also know machine height, width, and weight. Have a
signal-man help you when clearances are limited.
Check dimensional limits during transfer or
transportation. Rough terrain may cause the machine to sway
and roll. Cross obstacles at a right angle at low speed. Pay attention to machine shaking when the centre of gravity overcomes
the obstacle.
Drive with the lights on and use appropriate signals and flags.
Get to know and respect local and national regulations. Consider machine dimensions while turning.
Use a ramp to load the machine on a trailer. If a ramp is not availASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
able, fabricate one using blocks. The ramp should be sufficiently
strong to support machine weight. Always load and unload on
level surface.
Tow the machine following the instructions contained in the
Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manual.

Engine
Do not run the engine in closed buildings without proper ventilation capable to remove harmful exhaust fumes. Do not place
head, body, limbs, feet, hands or fingers near rotating fans or
belts. Be especially careful near blower fans.
Loosen the radiator cap very slowly to relieve system pressure
before removing it. Always top-up coolant level with the engine
off or idling if hot. See the Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manual.

Hydraulic system
Pressure fluid escaping from a very small hole can be almost invisible and still have sufficient force to penetrate the skin. Always
check any suspected pressure leaks using a piece of cardboard
or wood. Do not use hands. If injured by escaping fluid, obtain
medical attention immediately or serious infection or reaction
may develop.
Stop the engine and ensure pressure is relieved from all systems
before removing side panels, housings, guards and covers. See
the Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manual.
Always use gauges of adequate capacity for pressure testing.
Refer to the Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manual or
Repair Manual.

Tools

Keep the exhaust manifold and tube free from combustible

matters. Fit the machine with shields and guards when working
in the presence of combustible matter free in the air.

Always keep head, body, limbs, feet, hands, and fingers away
from the bucket and attachments, when in the raised position.

Do not refuel with the engine running, especially if hot, as this

increases fire hazard in case of fuel spillage. Never attempt to
check or adjust fan belt tensions when the engine is running.

Prior to any maintenance or repair work, install all supports necessary to this aim according to local and national safety regulations.

Do not adjust the fuel injection pump when the machine is operating.

In case the attachment is to be operated for maintenance or repair purposes, do so exclusively while sitting in the drivers seat.
Sound the horn before starting the machine or moving the attachment. Require that nobody remain near the machine. Raise
the attachment slowly.

Do not lubricate the machine with the engine running. Do not

run the engine with the air intakes open and not protected. If
this cannot be avoided for service reasons, place protection
meshes on all intakes before servicing the engine.

Electrical system
Pay attention to connect connecting cables to correct poles (+
to +) and (- to -) at both ends. Do not short-circuit
terminals. Thoroughly follow instructions given in Operation
and Maintenance Instruction Manual.
Always move the key-start switch in the lock position before
servicing or repairing the machine.
Batteries contain SULPHURIC ACID. Protect the eyes when working near the batteries against possible sprays of the acid solution. Should acid contact skin, eyes, or clothes, RINSE IMMEDIATELY IN WATER FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES. Immediately seek
medical attention.

Do not use the machine to transport loose objects, unless proper securing devices are provided.

Tyres and wheels

Make sure that the inflation pressure of the tyres is according
to the specifications issued by the Manufacturer and check it
periodically.
Should the pressure be changed, stand on the side of the tyre
at a safe distance.
Pressure check operations must be performed with unloaded
machine and cold tyres.
Never use reconditioned tyre rims, since eventual weldings,
heat-treatments or repairs not performed correctly can weaken
the wheel, thus causing subsequent damages or dangers.

Battery released gas is highly flammable. Leave the battery

compartment cover open during recharging to improve ventilation. Never check battery charge by placing metal objects across
the posts. Keep sparks or open flames away from batteries. Do
not smoke near the battery to prevent explosion hazard.

Do not perform torch cutting or welding operations on rims

with tyres installed.

Before any maintenance or repair, make sure that there are no

fuel or electrolyte leaks from the batteries. If any, correct prior
to proceeding with further work. Do not recharge batteries in
confined spaces. Ensure proper ventilation is provided to avoid
accidental explosions due to build-up of explosive gas released
during charging.

Before operating on tyres, block all wheels, front and rear. After
lifting the machine with the cylinders, block it with stands according to current safety rules and regulations.

Disconnect batteries before working on the electrical system or

carrying out any other type of work.

Do not inflate tyres with flammable gas: they may cause explosions and serious personal injuries.

Spare tyres must be inflated only as far it is necessary to keep the

rim components assembled; remember that when not installed
on the disc, a tyre inflated to maximum pressure can explode.

Deflate the tyres before removing them.

Before removing objects from the tyre tread, deflate it.

After each shift check for loose screws and/or rim mounting
brackets. If necessary, tight them according to the instructions
herein contained.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

15

2.

Safety precautions

RIRECOGNISE SAFETY INFORMATION

This is your SAFETY SYMBOL ALERT
When you see this symbol on your machine or in this Manual, be
alert of the potential for personal injury. Follow recommended
precautions and safe operating practises.

UNDERSTAND SIGNAL WORDS

These words are always accompanied by the safety alert symbol.
DANGER: indicates an imminent hazardous situation which, if
not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING: indicated a potential hazardous situation which, if
not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION: indicates a potential hazardous situation which, if
not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.
IMPORTANT: indicates a situation which, if not avoided, may
cause damage to the machine.
NOTE: indicates an additional explanation for information purposes.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
This Manual also contains this symbol accompanying instructions for correct behaviour as regards environmental protection.

16

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
FOLLOW SAFETY INSTRUCTION
Carefully read and follow all safety signs on the machine and all
safety messages in this manual.
Safety signs should be installed maintained and replaced when
necessary.
If a safety sign or this manual is damaged or missing, order a
replacement from your dealer in the same way you order other
replacement parts (be sure to state machine model and serial
number when ordering).
Learn how to operate the machine and its controls correctly and
safety.
Allow only trained, qualified, authorized personnel to operate
the machine.
Keep your machine in proper working condition.
Unauthorized modifications to the machine may impair the
function and/or safety and affect machine life.
The safety messages in this SAFETY PRECAUTIONS chapter are
intended to illustrate basic safety procedures of hydraulic excavators. However it is impossible for these safety messages to
cover every hazardous situation you may encounter.
If you have any questions, you should first consult your supervisor before operating and servicing the machine.

PREPARE FOR EMERGENCIES

Be prepared if a fire starts or an accident occurs.
Keep the first-aid kit and fire extinguisher on hand. Thoroughly
read and understand the label attached to the fire extinguisher
to use it properly. Establish emergency priority procedures to
cope with fires and accidents.
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospitals and fire department posted near the telephone.

WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

Avoid wearing loose clothing, jewelry, or other items that can
catch on control levers or other parts of the machine. Operating
equipment safety requires the full attention of one operator. Do
not wear radio or music headphones while operating machine.
Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate
for the job.
Standard safety equipment includes:

A hard hat

Safety shoes

Safety glasses, goggles, or face shield

Heavy gloves

Hearing protection

Reflective clothing

Wet weather clothing

Respirator or filter mask.

Do not take chances. Wear whatever is needed for the job at

hand.
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

17

2.

Safety precautions

PROTECT AGAINST NOISE

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss
of hearing.
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or
earplugs to protect against constant or uncomfortably loud
noised.

FASTEN SEAT BELT

Should the machine overturn, the operator may become injured
and/or thrown from the cab. Not only, the operator may be
crushed by the overturning machine resulting in serious injury
or oven death.
Prior to operating the machine, thoroughly examine belt webbing, buckle, and attaching hardware. If any item is damaged or
worn, replace the seat belt or component before operating operating the machine. Be sure to remain seated with the seat belt
securely fastened at all times when the machine is in operation
to minimise injury hazard in case of accident. After a significant
accident, replace the seat belts even though they do not look
damaged.

INSPECT THE MACHINE

Inspect the machine carefully every day or work-shift by an attentive visual inspection of machine outside prior to starting it
to prevent damages and personal injuries.
In the walk-around inspection, be sure to cover all points detailed in the Chapter MAINTENANCE, paragraph EXTERNAL
VISUAL INSPECTION.

USE HANDHOLDS AND STEPS

Falling is one of the major causes of personal injury. When you
get on and off the machine, always maintain a three-point contact with the steps and handrails and face the machine. Do not
use any controls as handholds. Never jump on or off the machine. Never mount or dismount a moving machine.
Be careful of slippery conditions on platforms, steps, and handrails when leaving the machine.

18

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
ADJUST THE SEAT
Adjust the seat whenever changing operators. Be sure that the
operator can fully depress the pedals with his back against the
seat back.
If not, move the seat forward and check again.

OPERATE ONLY FROM OPERATORS SEAT

Avoid possible injury or machine damage. Do not start the engine by shorting across started terminals. NEVER start the engine while standing on ground. Start the engine only from operators seat.

KEEP RIDERS OFF MACHINE

Only allow the operator on the machine. Keep riders off.
Riders on machine are vulnerable to injury such as being struck
by foreign objects or being thrown off the machine.
Riders also obstruct the operators view, resulting in unsafe operation.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

19

2.

Safety precautions

Avoid injury from back-over and

SWING ACCIDENTS
To avoid back-over and swing accidents:
Always look around before you back up and swing the machine.
Be sure that everyone is in the clear. Keep travel alarm in working condition (if equipped).
Always be alert for bystanders moving into the work area. Use
horn or other signal to warm bystanders beforemoving machine.
A person could stand behind the machine, in a dead area, not
visible from rearview mirrors. Before backing up, make sure nobody is standing in that area.
Use a signal person when backing up if you view is obstructed.
Always keep signal person in view.
Use hand signals when work conditions require signal person.
No excavator or backhoe motions shall be made unless signals
are clearly understood by both signalman and operator.
Learn the meaning of all flags, signs, and markings used on the
job and confirm who has the responsibility for signaling.
When operating in potential dangerous areas, or in areas with
low visibility, use a person for machine shifts.
Before starting machine shifting, warm people near the working
area by means of the horn.
Keep windows, mirrors, and lights clean and in good condition.
Dust, heavy rain, fog etc., can reduce visibility. As visibility decreases, reduce speed and use proper lighting.

WORK WITH CAUTION

Accidental severing of underground cables or gas lines may
cause an explosion and/or fire, possibly resulting in serious injury or death.
Before digging, check the location of cables, gas lines, and water
lines.
Keep the minimum distance required by law from cables, gas
lines, and water lines. If a fiber optic cable should be accidentally
severed, do not look into the end. Doing so may result in serious
eye injury. Contact local authorities and/or the utility companies
directly (electric power, gas, telephone, water, sewers, telecommunications, etc.) to obtain information about underground
utility lines.

MOVE AND OPERATE MACHINE SAFELY

Bystanders are in danger of being run over.
Confirm the location of bystanders before moving, swinging, or
operating the machine.
Always keep the travel alarm in good working condition. (if
equipped). It warns people when the machine starts to move.
Use a signal person when moving, swinging, or operating the
machine in congested areas. Coordinate hand signals before
starting the machine.

20

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
RULES FOR ROAD TRANSFER
The machine is equipped with safety locks to be used for road
transfer.
When transferring the machine:
--

Locate cylinders as shown in homologation configuration.

--

Lock cylinders (cocks, reference marks).

--

Lift dozing blade (if equipped).

--

Unlock equipment control levers shifting safety device

lever to lock position.

On the road follow the rules regulating traffic.

INVESTIGATE JOB SITE BEFORE HAND

Clear all persons from area of operation and machine movement.
Make sure worksite footing has sufficient strength to firmly support the machine.
When working close to an excavation, operate the machine with
che chassis frame positioned perpendicular to the cliff face, so
that the machine can more easily evacuate if the cliff face collapses.
Confirm that your machine is equipped with a R.O.P.S. (Roll Over
Protective Structure) cab before working in areas where there is
the possibility of falling stones or landslides.

WORKING ON SLOPES
Never go down on slopes with gearbox in neutral. You might
loose control and cause serious injuries or death.
When going down on slopes, use a low gear. In this way the engine is used as brake and holds the machine without overloading brakes.
When working on a slope and the warning light for fuel insufficient level lights up, fill the tank immediately.
Due to machine inclination, the engine can suct air and stop
suddenly, causing a serious danger to the operator and the persons behind the machine.
If the engine stops suddenly, apply brakes and lower immediately the blade to the ground.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

21

2.

Safety precautions

AVOID TIPPING
When operating on a slope, keep blade low to ground and close
to machine.
To avoid tipping:
--

Be extra careful before operating on a grade.

--

Prepare machine operating area flat by grading.

--

Keep the blade low to the ground and close to the machine.

--

Reduce machine operating speed to avoid tipping or

slipping.

--

Never attempt to travel across a grade steeper than 15

degrees.

Be careful when working on frozen ground.

--

Temperature increases will cause the ground to b e come soft and make ground travel unstable.

DRIVE MACHINE SAFELY

Before starting the machine, read carefully the use and instructions manual to get familiar with levers.
Before moving the machine, confirm which way to move pedals/levers for the corresponding direction you wish to go.
When traveling up or down a grade, keep the blade in the direction of travel, approximately 20 to 30 cm (A) above the ground.

BEWARE OF EXHAUST FUMES

Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death.
If you must operate in a building, be sure there is adequate ventilation.
Either use an exhaust pipe extension to remove the exhaust
fumes or open doors and windows to bring enough outside air
into the area.

22

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
PROTECTION OF CAB
In case of operation under conditions where land slides with
falling rocks or any conditions where there is a potential falling
of objects of different nature that could endanger the operator,
it is necessary to install a FOPS (Falling Object Protective Structure) to protect the cab.

OPERATE WITH CAUTION

If the front attachment or any other part of the machine hits
against an overhead obstacle, such as a bridge, both the machine and the overhead obstacle will be damaged, and personal
injury may results as well.

AVOID INJURY FROM RUNAWAY ACCIDENTS

Death or serious injury may result if you attempt to stop a moving machine.
To avoid runaways:
Select level ground when possible to park machine.
Lower dozing blade (blade) to the ground.
Lock articulation.
Stop the engine and remove the key from the key switch.
Pull pilot control shut-off lever to LOCK position.
Block both tyres if you must park on a slope.
Park a reasonable distance from other machine.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

23

2.

Safety precautions

PARK MACHINE SAFELY

Before working on the machine:
--

Park machine on a level surface.

--

Lower bucket to the ground.

--

Move turret swing lever to lock position.

--

Run engine at slow idle speed without load for 3 minutes.

--

Turn key switch to OFF to stop engine. Remove key from

switch.

--

Pull pilot control shut-off lever to LOCK position.

--

Allow engine to cool.

--

Close windows, roof window, and cab door.

--

Lock all access doors and compartments.

NEVER WORK UNDER PROJECTING BANKS

The edges could collapse o a land slide could occur causing serious injury or death.

PROVIDE SIGNALS FOR JOBS INVOLVING A NUMBER OF MACHINES

For jobs involving several machines, provide signals commonly
known by all personnel involved.
Also, appoint a signal person to co-ordinate the job site.
Make sure that all personnel obey the signal persons directions.

24

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
KEEP PERSONNEL CLEAR FROM WORKING AREA
A person may be hit severely by the swinging front attachment
or counterweight and/or may be crushed against an other object, resulting in serious injury or death.
Keep all persons clear from the area of operation and machine
movement.
Before operating the machine, set up barriers to the sides and
rear area of the bucket swing radius to prevent anyone from entering the work area.

SAFETY TRANSPORTING
The danger of tipping is present when loading/unloading the
machine onto/from a truck or trailer bed.
--

Be sure to observe local regulations when transporting

the machine on public roads.

--

Provide an appropriate truck or trailer for transporting

the machine.

Take the following precautions when loading/unloading the

machine:
--

Select firm level ground.

--

Be sure t use a loading dock or ramp.

--

Be sure to have a signal person when loading/unloading

the machine.

--

Always select the slow speed mode with the travel speed selector.

--

Avoid steering while driving up or down the ramp as it is

extremely dangerous.

If steering is unavoidable, first move back to the ground or flatbed, modify travelling direction, and begin to drive again.
--

Operate the safety lever but do not operate any other

control except travel control when driving up or down
the ramp.

--

The top end of the ramp where it meets the flatbed is a

sudden bump. Take care when traveling over it.

--

Securely fasten machine frame using chains or cables.

Refer to Transport chapter in this manual for details.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

25

2.

Safety precautions

PRACTICE SAFE MAINTENANCE

Understand service procedures before doing work.
Keep work area clean and dry.
Never lubricate or service the machine while it is moving.
Keep hands, feet and clothing from power-driven parts.
Before performing the machine maintenance:
--

Park on a flat surface.

--

Lower the blade to the ground.

--

Operate the engine at low idle with no load for 3 minutes to cool it off.

--

Move the key into position OFF to cut-off the engine and
remove it from the switch.

--

Move the control safety cut-off lever into position

LOCK.

--

Let the engine to cool-off.

Place a maintenance in progress sign (seen in the SAFETY DECALS chapter). This sign can be located on the cab door.
In the event maintenance operations require operating the engine, do not leave the machine unattended.
In the event the machine must be lifted, block with appropriate supports the elements of the machine during maintenance/
repair operations.
Inspect certain parts periodically and repair or replace as necessary.
Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed.
Fix any damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts.
Remove any building of grease, oil, or debris. Disconnect the
ground cable (-) from the batteries before servicing electrical
systems or welding on the machine

CLEAN TRASH FROM MACHINE

Keep engine compartment, radiator, batteries, hydraulic lines,
fuel tank, and operators station clean.
Temperature in engine compartment may go up immediately
after engine is stopped.
BE ON GUARD FOR FIRES DURING THIS PERIOD.
Open access door (s) to cool the engine faster, and clean engine
compartment.

26

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
WARN OTHERS OF SERVICE WORK
Unexpected machine movement can cause serious injury.
Before performing any work on the machine, apply the Maintenance in progress tag (see SAFETY PLATES in this Chapter). This
tag can be applied to the left-hand control lever, safety lever or
cab door

CLEAN THE MACHINE REGULARLY

Remove any grease, oil or debris build-up to avoid possible injury or machine damage.
Do not spray water or steam inside the cab.

STORE ATTACHMENTS SAFELY

Stored attachments as blades can fall and cause serious injury
or death.
Securely store attachments and implements to prevent them
from falling. Keep playing children and bystanders away from
storage area.

SUPPORT MACHINE PROPERLY

Never attempt to work on the machine without securing the
machine first.
Always lower the attachment or tool to the ground before working on the machine.
If you must work on a lifted machine or attachment, securely
support the machine or attachment.
Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, bollow tires, or
props that may crumble under continuous load. Do not work
under a machine that is supported solely by a jack.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

27

2.

Safety precautions

PREVENT PARTS FROM FLYING OFF

Tyres are pressurized.
Tyre and/or rim parts burst may result in serious injury or
death.
Only skilled staff can replace tyres.
Always keep the correct tyre pressure.
Never exceed the recommended pressure when inflating tyres.
Slow down or stop and let tyres get cool.
When adjusting tyre pressure, keep at a certain distance and
protect yourself. Use an extension equipped with a quick connection for the valve handling.
Always stay behind the tyre when adjusting pressure.

STARTING THE ENGINE WITH BOOSTER BATTERIES

Battery gas may explode causing serious damages and injuries.
If the engine ids to be started using booster batteries, ensure to
comply with all procedures detailed in the chapter OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS.
The operator should be sitting in the drivers seat to keep the
machine under control when the engine starts. Starting the engine with booster batteries is a two man operation.
Do not recharge batteries that have been stored in the cold for a
long time as they might explode. Heat them at 15 C.
Mistakes in following procedures detailed for starting the engine with slave batteries may cause the batteries to explode or
machine to move unexpectedly.

PROTECT AGAINST FLYING DEBRIS

Guard against injury from flying pieces of metal or debris; wear
goggles or safety glasses.
Keep bystanders away from the working area before striking
any object, to avoid personal injury.

STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS

Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury.
To prevent accidents, care should be taken to ensure that hands,
feet, clothing, jewelry and hair do not become entangled when
working around rotating parts.

28

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
SUPPORT MACHINE PROPERLY
Always lower the attachment or implement to the ground before
you work on the machine. If you must work on a lifted machine
or attachment, securely support the machine or attachment.
Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tiles, or
props that may crumble under ontinuous load.
Do not work under a machine that is supported solely by a jack.
Follow the procedures in this manual.

PREVENT BURNS
After operation, the engine coolant is hot and is under pressure.
Hot water or steam are contained in the engine, radiator and
heater lines.
Skin contact with escaping hot water or steam can cause severe
burns.
Be sure to stop the engine, and let engine and radiator cool.
Slowly loosen the cap to release pressure after the system has
cooled, then remove it.
Engine oil, gear oil and hydraulic oil also become hot during operation.
The engine, hoses, lines and other parts become hot as well.
Wait for the oil and components to cool before starting any
maintenance or inspection work. The hydraulic oil tank is pressurized. Again, be sure to release all pressure before removing
the cap.

REMOVE PAINT BEFORE WELDING OR HEATING

Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by
welding, soldering, or using a torch.
Do all such work outside or in a well-ventilated area.
Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap
and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material from area. Allow fumes to
disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

29

2.

Safety precautions

AVOID HEATING NEAR PRESSURIZED FLUID LINES

Flammable spray can be generated by applying heat near pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to yourself and bystanders. Do not heat by welding, soldering, or using a torch
near pressurized fluid lined or other flammable materials.
Pressurized lines can be accidentally cut when heat goes beyond the immediate flame area. Install temporary fire resistant
guards to protect hoses or other materials when engaging in
welding, soldering, etc.
AVOID APPLYING HEAT TO LINES
CONTAINING FLAMMABLE FLUIDS
Do not weld or flame cut pipes or tubes that contain flammable
fluids. Clean them thoroughly with nonflammable solvent before welding or flame cutting them.

AVOID HIGH PRESSURE FLUIDS

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing
serious injury. Avoid this hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines.
Relieve the pressure by moving the control levers several times.
Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
Wear a shield or protection glasses to protect your eyes.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard; take care to protect
hands and body from high-pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor familiar with this type of injury immediately
Any fluid injected into the shin must be surgically removed
within a few hours or gangrene may result.

30

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
PREVENT FIRES
1. Check for oil leaks:
Fuel, hydraulic oil and lubricant leaks can lead to fires that
may result in serious injury.
Check for missing or loose clamps, kinked hoses, lines or
hoses that rub against each other, damaged oil-cooler, and
loose oil-cooper flange bolts, for oil leaks.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Do not use your bare hand to check for oil leaks.
Tighten, repair or replace any missing, loose or damaged
clamps, lines, hoses, oil-cooler and oil cooler flange bolts.
Do not bend or strike high-pressure lines.
Never install bent or damaged lines, pipes or hoses.
2. Check for shorts:
Short circuits can cause fires that may result in serious injury.
Clean and tighten all electrical connections.
Check before each shift or after eight (8) hours of operation
for loose, kinked, hardened or frayed electrical cables and
wires.
Check before each shift or after eight (8) hours of operation
for missing or damaged terminal caps.
DO NOT OPERATE MACHINE if cable or wires are loose,
kinked, etc.
Tighten, repair or replace any loose or damaged electrical
cables, wires, and terminal caps before operating the machine.
3. Clean flammables:
Spilled fuel and oils, and accumulated coal dust and other
flammables may cause fires and serious personal injury.
Prevent fires by keeping machine clean every day.
4. Check key-start switch:
If a fire breaks out, failure to stop the engine will escalate the
fire, hampering fire fighting. Always check key/start switch
function before operating the machine every day:
--

Start the engine and run it at slow idle.

--

Turn the key/start switch to the OFF position to

confirm that the engine stops.

If any abnormalities are found, be sure to repair them before
operating the machine.
5. Check heat shields:
Damaged or missing heat shields may lead to fires. Damaged or missing heat shields must be repaired or replaced
before operating the machine.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

31

2.

Safety precautions

HANDLE CHEMICAL PRODUCTS SAFETY

Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious injury.
Potentially hazardous chemicals used with you machine include
such items as lubricants, coolants, paints, and adhesives.
Check the local safety before you start any job using a hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what the risks are
and how to do the job safety. Then follow procedures and use
recommended equipment.

DISPOSE OF WASTE PROPERLY

Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the environment
and ecology. Potentially harmful waste on includes such items
as oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.
Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use food
or beverage containers that may mislead someone into drinking
from them.
Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into any
water source.
Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can damage
the Earths atmosphere. Government regulations may require a
certified air conditioning service center to recover and recycle
used air conditioning refrigerants.
Obtain information on the proper way to recycle or dispose of
waste from your local environmental or recycling center, or from
your authorized dealer.

PREVENT ACID BURNS

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong
enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause blindness
if splashed into eyes.
Avoid the hazard by:

Filing batteries in a well-ventilated area.

Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.

Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added

Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.

Use proper jump start procedure.

If you spill acid on yourself:

Flush your skin with water.

Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid.

Flush your eyes with water for 10-15 minutes.

Get medical attention immediately.

If acid is swallowed:

Drink large amounts of water of milk.

Then drink milk of magnesia, beaten eggs, or

vegetable oil.

Get medical attention immediately.

32

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
HANDLE FLUIDS - AVOID FIRES
Handle fuel with care; it is highly flammable.
Do not refuel the machine while smoking or near open flame
or sparks.
Always stop engine before refueling machine. Fill fuel tank outdoors.
Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards.
Do not incinerate or puncture pressurized containers.
Make sure machine is clean of trash, grease, and debris.
Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn spontaneously.

SERVICE COOLING SYSTEM SAFELY

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can
cause serious burns.
Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to
touch with bare hands.

SERVICE COOLING SYSTEM SAFELY

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can
cause serious burns.
Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to
touch with bare hands.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

33

2.

Safety precautions

DISPOSE OF FLUIDS PROPERLY

Improperly disposing of fluids can harm the environment and
ecology. Before draining any fluids, find out the proper way to
dispose of waste from your local environmental agency.
Use proper containers when draining fluids. Do not use food or
beverage containers that may mislead someone into drinking
from them.
DO NOT POUR oil into the ground, down a drain, or into a stream,
pond, or lake. Observe relevant environmental protection regulations when disposing of oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid, filters,
batteries, and other harmful waste.

WORK IN A CLEAN AREA

Before starting a job, clean the work area. Remove objects that
may be a safety hazard to the mechanic or bystanders.

ILLUMINATE WORK AREA SAFELY

Illuminate your work area adequately but safely. Use a portable
safety light for working inside or under the machine. Make sure
the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled fuel or oil.

34

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
USE TOOLS PROPERLY
Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift tools, parts, and
precedures cam create safety hazard.
Usare soltanto attrezzi appropriati per allentare elementi filettati e di fissaggio.
Use power tolls onlyto losen threaded tools and fasteners.
For loosening and tightening hardware, use the correct size
tools. Do not use U.S. measurementt tools on metric fasteners.
Avoid bodily injury caused by slipping wrenches.
Use only recommended replacement parts. (See Parts Catalog).

EVACUATING IN CASE OF FIRE

If a fire breaks out, evacuate the machine in the following way:
Stop the engine by turning the key-start switch to the OFF position if there is time.
Use a fire extinguisher if there is time.
Exit the machine

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

35

36

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

3. Repair safety instructions

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

37

3.

Repair safety instructions

The following safety instructions must be observed by all repairing the machine!

Repairs may be carried out by skilled, trained and experienced personnel only and/or by Ammann SERVICE and dealers.

When performing repairs, always use our shop manual. Special instructions for the assembly work are given in individual chapters
of the manual.

Before putting the machine into operation acquaint yourselves with the machine control as given in the Operating instructions
and make sure that you understand well all outfit of the machine.

Do not use the machine if you do not fully understand all controls and until you know how the machine works.

Know the area where you will work.

Do not make any redesign or modifications on the machine because you could decrease safety of the equipment.

Original parts and accessories have been designed especially for this machine.

Installation and usage of spare parts not supplied by the manufacturer of the machine or not authorized by him can have negative
effects on operational characteristics and safety operation of the machine.

Safety precautions when repairing and inspecting the equipment

Wear work clothe and boots.

Use gloves when handling oils, fuel or coolant.

Protect your eyes with goggles or a shield when handling the battery.

Place the equipment on a flat and firm surface before starting repair. Secure the equipment against spontaneous movement.

Secure the frame of the equipment and the drum against mutual rotation using a safety pin and a draw bar.

Before starting work remove the ignition key, disconnect the batteries and let hot parts cool down.

Attach a warning note Equipment out of work to the steering wheel and leave it there for the duration of service work.

Wash the equipment thoroughly. If you use steam, do not expose electrical components and insulation directly to stem jet, or else
cover them beforehand.

Keep all parts absolutely clean when dismantling, mounting, and servicing each assembly. Protect removed parts from getting
soiled.

Clean the surface of dismantled parts and provide for adequately dust-free working conditions and a needed lay-off area.

Be careful when handling cleaning agents. Do not use petrol or other easy inflammable materials for cleaning.

Dry the cleaned parts and immediately cover with anticorrosive protective oil- never install corroded parts!

Tools, hoists, safety equipment of the supports, and other additional items must be serviceable and in good condition.

Use hoists and fasteners (ropes, chains) that have sufficient carrying capacity and are in good condition.

Make sure that there is enough fresh air supply when starting up the equipment in an enclosed area.

Before placing the equipment into operation make sure there nobody on the equipment or close by. The start of the equipment
must always be announced with an audible alarm , also after any pause in operation before the equipment is restarted. Persons
present on the equipment and dangerously close by must leave the equipment after such alarm has been sounded.

Do not adjust moving equipment.

When working (adjusting) on the running engine, avoid touching hot and rotating parts.. During work on the running engine,
another person must be present that can easily access the emergency switch and must be in contact at all times with the person
performing the adjustment, to be able to switch off the engine immediately when necessary.

Use only prescribed makes of motor, gear and hydraulic oils and coolants.

38

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Safety instructions for work on hydraulic circuits

make sure that no hydraulic circuit is under pressure before dismantling it. Hydraulic oil leaks under pressure may injure your skin
and cause a serious injury.

Mark all parts, hoses and pipes before removing them.

Do not operate hydraulic generators and hydraulic motors without oil.

There is danger of being scalded when handling hot oil.

Do not warm oil to temperatures above 160 C - oil or its fumes may ignite.

For cleaning and wiping hydraulic parts use such textiles that do not leave lint.

When reassembling parts use hydraulic oil - not grease - as lubricants.

Clean screws and bolts carefully before installation, wash hoses and pipes and blow them off using compressed air.

Always use new packing in seals.

Fill new aggregates with hydraulic oil before installation.

Rinse hydraulic circuit after replacing the hydraulic device, clean the hydraulic tank as well.

Replace the oil filter cartridge.

Fill the hydraulic circuit with pure oil of the prescribed viscosity, but only when the engine has been stopped!

Wipe off overflow oil.

Check connections for tightness, whether they leak oil, before applying pressure to the system.

Do not adjust safety valves.

After all work has been finished, recheck all connections and replace all safety elements

After finishing the work install again all protective elements.

After putting the machine into operation, check

Oil level in the hydraulic tank.

Check up filling pressure in hydraulic generators in case they are replaced as well as pressure in safety valves.

Carry out the measurement at temperature of 40 C (104 F).

Safety instruction for work on the fuel system

Mixtures of petrol and diesel (winter fuel) are as inflammable as petrol.
--

Do not refuel in closed areas.

--

Wipe off overflowed fuel.

--

Do not smoke when working on the fuel system and do not use naked light! There is a danger of fire!

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

39

3.

Repair safety instructions

Safety instruction for work on electrical wiring

Disconnect the battery when carrying out any repair in the charging circuit to avoid incidental short-circuits.

When dismantling, first disconnect the cable from the negative pole (-), then from the positive one (+).

Do not disconnect batteries when the engine is running!

Connect the minus pole of the battery to the chassis and the plus pole to lead B+ from the alternator. In case of the reverse
connection the whole semiconductor device could get destroyed.

When starting with auxiliary external supply, do not disconnect such supply sooner than the battery of the machine is connected.
Watch out starting voltage of the auxiliary external supply (for 24 V).

Do not put the alternator into no-load run, i. e. with the wire disconnected from the + terminal and connected D+ terminal.

Do not check the presence of voltage in the wire by sparking it on the chassis of the equipment.

Do not do anything that produces sparks.

When handling batteries, use protective rubber gloves and goggles.

Protect your skin and clothes from stains by electrolyte or lead particles.

When electrolyte gets into your eye, rinse it with a stream of water for a few minutes. Then see a doctor as soon as possible.

When electrolyte stains your skin or clothes, take off your clothes, wash the stained area with soap water or with a solution of
baking soda and water and see a doctor.

After taking electrolyte incidentally, drink as much milk or water as possible or a solution of magnesia and immediately see a
doctor.

Never pour distilled water into the cells unless the operation of the machine or charging outside the equipment follows. In such
case the battery would self discharge increasingly.

Never add sulfuric acid (H2SO4)!

Do not overturn the batteries because electrolyte could run out of the degassing holes of the battery.

If acid (electrolyte) is spilled, rinse the place with water and neutralize it with lime.

When the batteries are being charged, hydrogen is released and it makes mixed with air, an explosive, easily combustible mixture.
Do not use open flame and do not smoke.

Welding on the machine

Before starting arc welding, disconnect all parts with semiconductors from electrical wiring, inclusive of machine electronics:

it is necessary to earth both the supply and the machine that is being repaired,

secure the supply against moisture,

place ground terminal close to the welded joint.

when parts are welded or when the machine is in the suspended position, it is necessary to insulate the point of current transfer to
avoid current entering the hoist, or to use a non-conducting rope.

Seals

Always use new packing.

You will receive packing kits as spares.

40

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Tightening torque

Use a torque key for the right tightening torque.

Fastening bolts and nuts of the given quality are tightened according to the table.

Quality of the bolt is shown visibly on the bolt head.

Tightening torque is given in tables.

Thread joints of hydraulic circuits are tightened according to tables.

The given tightening torque is valid for not oiled bolt thread.

Use new self-locking nuts only.

Environmental measures and health precautions

When repairing the machine, keep general principles of health protection and environment protection as well, and observe laws, regulations, and guidelines related to these problems as applicable to the territory where the equipment is used.

Principles of hygiene

Oil products, coolants, battery acids, and paints including thinners can be harmful to your health and they can injure your organs
seriously.

It is necessary to observe consistently safety and health instructions enclosed with the products and to use personal protective
aids when handling them.

Personnel in contact with these products during servicing are obliged to observe general principles of their health protection and
keep in mind safety and health guidelines as given by manufacturers of such products, especially the following:
--

protection of eyes and skin when working with batteries,

--

protection of the skin when handling oil products, paint, and cooling liquids,

--

workers should wash their hands properly after finishing their work and apply proper healing hand lotions,

--

when working with the cooling system it is necessary to observe instruction manuals supplied with the machine.

Oil products, coolants, batteries, and paint including organic thinners as well as cleaners and preservatives should be always stored
in their original packages properly labeled. Do not store such materials in unlabelled bottles and other vessels because there is a
danger of confusion. Confusion of food or drinks is especially dangerous.

If the skin or eyes are by chance stained or fumes are breathed, apply immediately first aid. In case of incidental consumption of
such products see your doctor immediately.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

41

3.

Repair safety instructions

Ecological precautions

Contents of machine systems and some parts of the machine can produce, when no longer in use, represent great risks to the
environment.
The following products especially belong to this category:
--

both organic and synthetic lubricating materials, oils and fuel,

--

coolants,

--

battery acids and batteries themselves,

--

cleaning agents and preservatives,

--

all removed filters and filter elements,

--

all used and discarded hydraulic and fuel hoses, rubber - metals and the other elements stained with the above products.

The above parts and materials must be handled, after they had been discarded, in accordance with valid national regulations on
environmental protection and according to directions concerning health protection.

When hydraulic liquids, fuel, cooling systems and their aggregates are being removed it is necessary to prevent their infiltration
into the ground by using retaining vessels and by plugging the holes.

After leaks the place must be immediately dried with sawdust, Vapex, and such.

The contaminated earth must be removed to prevent further leakage. Then the soil and absorbing material must be disposed of
safely.

Fire precautions

The place where oil is being changed must not situated in an area where there is danger of explosion or fire.

Notices showing that smoking and open flame are not allowed must be installed there.

The handling area must have sufficient dimensions to capture the amount of inflammable liquid equal to the volume of the largest
vessel or the transport package.

Portable fire-extinguishers must be available.

Oil and oil products should be handled in special vessels, e. g. metal barrels, cans, tin cans.

Transport vessels must be properly closed when stored.

The vessels should have one hole and should be always stored with the hole up and they must be secured against leakage.

The vessels must be labeled with indelible inscriptions showing their contents and burning power class.

THE STANDARD TOOLS FOR MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT ACCORDING TO THE NORM ISO 4510-1
THE SPECIAL TOOLS, ASSEMBLY JIGS SEE APPROPRIATE CHAPTERS OF THE WORKSHOP MANUAL.

42

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

4. A summary of applications

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

43

4.

A summary of applications

Serial and type numbers are important for verification of the

machine identity and/or in case of claims. The name plate of the
machine containing basic data about the machine is attached to
the left side of the frame below the cab.

282N243T
Label with the serial number of Cummins engine Tier 1
and Tier 2

282N244T
Label with the serial number of Cummins engine Tier 3

282N101T
Serial numbers and data of the aggregate purchased are shown
directly on each aggregate.

27813T3
44

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
The data mentioned in the table refer always when you contact
the dealer or manufacturer.

Please complete following data:

Machine type.....................................................................................
Machine serial number (S/N).......................................................
Year of the production ..................................................................
Engine type........................................................................................
Engine serial number......................................................................

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

45

46

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

5. description of the machine

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

47

description of the machine

Vibrating roller is a self-movable compaction machine consisting of two parts connected with a joint, i. e. drum and towing unit.

Drum unit
--

consists of the frame in which the drum with the travel drive and vibration drive is placed. Owing to two amplitudes of different
size, which can be chosen together with the corresponding frequency, it is possible to compact materials of different characteristics. Two scrapers placed in the front side on the beam and in the rear side on the cross bar of the drum frame are used for
removing the soil adhering to the drum.

Trailing hinge
--

connects both units of the roller and enables mutual shift of the parts in horizontal and vertical planes.

Frame of the towing unit

--

welding, in its front part there is a plate for gripping the joint, holes where hydraulic motors of the travel are installed, in the
rear part there is a fuel tank with grips for batteries and a toolbox. Holes for gripping the hydraulic tank, drivers station and
protective ROPS frame are situated in the upper part of the equipment.

Version
Vibrating roller ASC 70 250 D
This kind of roller with a smooth drum is suitable for compacting all sorts of earth, rock-fill and aggravate materials.
Vibrating roller ASC 70 250 PD
This type of roller with a pad footed drum has a simultaneous compacting and vibrating effect on clay and mixed soils.
Vibrating roller ASC 70 250 PDB
This type of roller with a pad footed drum PD and the blade (earth-board), moreover, of spreading made-up material.
Sign the machine with index HD
Machine with increased traction force.
Sign the machine with index HT
Machine with increased traction force. The machine is made for permanent operation on slopes over 30 % in extreme conditions.

Attached equipment
Pad-foot segments
The attached equipment installed on the smooth drum partially substitutes the pad-footed drum.
Blade (earth-board)
The attached equipment serves for spreading bulk soil and for its leveling in the area being compacted. The arms of the blade are
pendulum fixed to the frame of the drum. The blade is lifted and lowered using two linear hydraulic motors fixed into brackets on the
right and left side beams of the drum.
The ROPS protective frame
It protects the driver in case of overthrow of the machine. The data about the frame are shown in the plate.
ASC lock - CASE / ATC lock - AMMANN
It features the ability to pass well through a rough terrain (gradient) at decreased adhesion, at running to the trailer, it helps to free the
machine, etc.
Filling of tires with liquid

48

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Technical data
Engines

Version

ASC 70/90 - TIER I

ASC 110/150 - TIER I

ASC 200/250 - TIER I

Manufacturer

CUMMINS-Diesel

CUMMINS-Diesel

CUMMINS-Diesel

Type

B3.9-C99

B5.9-C148

B5.9-C200

Number of cylinders

74 [99]

110 [148]

149 [200]

2200

2500

Performance according to
3046/1 kW [HP] (DIN 6271)

ISO

Specific speed - revolutions per mi2200

nute [RPM]

Version

ASC 100 - TIER I

Manufacturer

CUMMINS-Diesel

Type

4BTA 3.9-C116

Number of cylinders
Performance according to
3046/1 kW [HP] (DIN 6271)

4
ISO

86 (116)

Specific speed - revolutions per mi2500

nute [RPM]

Version

ASC 70/ 90 - TIER II

ASC 110/150 - TIER II

ASC 200/250 - TIER II

Manufacturer

CUMMINS-Diesel

CUMMINS-Diesel

CUMMINS-Diesel

Type

B4.5-C99

QSB5.9-C155

QSB5.9-C205

Number of cylinders

74 [99]

116 [155]

153 [205]

Specific speed - revolutions per mi2200

nute [RPM]

2200

2500

Version

ASC 110/150 - TIER III

ASC 200/250 - TIER III

Performance according to
3046/1 kW [HP] (DIN 6271)

ISO

Manufacturer

CUMMINS-Diesel

CUMMINS-Diesel

Type

QSB4.5-C160

QSB6.7-C220

Number of cylinders

119 [160]

164 [220]

2200

2200

Performance according to
3046/1 kW [HP] (DIN 6271)

ISO

Specific speed - revolutions per minute [RPM]

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

49

description of the machine

Weights
Operational weight of the machine ASC 70 in kg [lb] according to ISO 6016
ASC 70 D
ASC 70 HD

ASC 70 PD
ASC 70 HDPD

ASC 70 PDB

7255 [15.994]

7200 [15.873]

7700 [16.976]

Weight of two tires with liquid filling in kg [lb]

420 [926]

420 [926]

420 [926]

Weight of three pad-foot segments in kg [lb]

1090 [2.403]*

220 [485]

220 [485]

220 [485]

Machine
Cab + ROPS frame

Weight cabin kg [lb]

* - Smooth drum can be fitted with padfoots segments.

For a machine with roof, deduct the weight of the cab and add 140 kg.
For the mountain version of the machine indicated by HT 480 kg must be added.
The maximum weight of roller 9745 kg (21.484 lb) with smooth drum, padfod segments, tyres filling with water, blade and design
implemetation HT

Operational weight of the machine ASC 90 in kg [lb] according to ISO 6016

ASC 90 D
ASC 90 HD

ASC 90 PD
ASC 90 HDPD

ASC 90 PDB

8935 [19.698]

8880 [19.577]

9380 [20.679]

Weight of two tires with liquid filling in kg [lb]

420 [926]

420 [926]

420 [926]

Weight of three pad-foot segments in kg [lb]

1090 [2.403]*

220 [485]

220 [485]

220 [485]

Machine
Cab + ROPS frame

Weight cabin kg [lb]

* - Smooth drum can be fitted with padfoots segments.

For a machine with roof, deduct the weight of the cab and add 140 kg.
For the mountain version of the machine indicated by HT 480 kg must be added.
The maximum weight of roller 11425 kg (25.187 lb) with smooth drum, padfod segments, tyres filling with water, blade and design
implemetation HT.

50

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Operational weight of the machine ASC 100 in kg [lb] according to ISO 6016
Machine
Cab + ROPS frame
Weight of three pad-foot segments in kg [lb]

ASC 100
10200 (22487)
1720 (3792)

Weight cabin kg [lb]

220 (485)
For a machine with roof, deduct the weight of the cab and add 140 kg.
The maximum weight of roller 10 120 kg (22.211 lb) with smooth drum, tyres standard filling with water.

Operational weight of the machine ASC 110 in kg [lb] according to ISO 6016
Machine
Cab + ROPS frame

ASC 110 D

ASC 110 PD

ASC 110 PDB

11665 [25.716]

12095 [26.664]

13005 [28.670]

Weight of two tires with liquid filling in kg [lb]

1200 [2.645]

1200 [2.645]

1200 [2.645]

Weight of three pad-foot segments in kg [lb]

1680 [3.704]*

220 [485]

220 [485]

220 [485]

Weight cabin kg [lb]

* - Smooth drum can be fitted with padfoots segments.

For a machine with roof, deduct the weight of the cab and add 140 kg.
For the mountain version of the machine indicated by HT+HD 1 235 kg (2.723 lb) must be added.
The maximum weight of roller 16 600 kg (36.597 lb) with smooth drum, padfod segments, tyres filling with water, blade and design
implemetation HD + HT.

Operational weight of the machine ASC 130 in kg [lb] according to ISO 6016
Machine
Cab + ROPS frame

ASC 130 D

ASC 130 PD

ASC 130 PDB

12800 [28.219]

12900 [28.439]

13550 [29.873]

Weight of two tires with liquid filling in kg [lb]

1200 [2.645]

1200 [2.645]

1200 [2.645]

Weight of three pad-foot segments in kg [lb]

1680 [3.704]*

220 [485]

220 [485]

220 [485]

Weight cabin kg [lb]

* - Smooth drum can be fitted with padfoots segments.

For a machine with roof, deduct the weight of the cab and add 140 kg.
For the mountain version of the machine indicated by HT+HD 1 235 kg (2.723 lb) must be added.
The maximum weight of roller 17735 kg (39.099 lb) with smooth drum, padfod segments, tyres filling with water, blade and design
implemetation HD, HT.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

51

description of the machine

Operational weight of the machine ASC 150 in kg [lb] according to ISO 6016
Machine
Cab + ROPS frame

ASC 150 D

ASC 150 PD

ASC 150 PDB

14550 [32.076]

14460 [31.878]

15280 [33.687]

Weight of two tires with liquid filling in kg [lb]

1200 [2.645]

1200 [2.645]

1200 [2.645]

Weight of three pad-foot segments in kg [lb]

1680 [3.704]*

220 [485]

220 [485]

220 [485]

Weight cabin kg [lb]

* - Smooth drum can be fitted with padfoots segments.

For a machine with roof, deduct the weight of the cab and add 140 kg.
For the mountain version of the machine indicated by HT+HD 1 235 kg (2.723 lb) must be added.
The maximum weight of roller 19485 kg (42.957 lb) with smooth drum, padfod segments, tyres filling with water, blade and design
implemetation HD, HT.

Operational weight of the machine ASC 200 in kg [lb] according to ISO 6016
Machine
Cab + ROPS frame

ASC 200 D

ASC 200 PD

ASC 200 PDB

20875 [46.020]

20945 [46.175]

22025 [48.556]

Weight of two tires with liquid filling in kg [lb]

1200 [2.646]

1200 [2.646]

1200 [2.646]

Weight of three pad-foot segments in kg [lb]

2625 [5.787]*

220 [485]

220 [485]

220 [485]

Weight cabin kg [lb]

* - Smooth drum can be fitted with padfoots segments.

For a machine with roof, deduct the weight of the cab and add 140 kg.
For the mountain version of the machine indicated by HT+HD 1 200 kg (2.646 lb) must be added.
The maximum weight of roller 26980 kg (59.481 lb) with smooth drum, padfod segments, tyres filling with water, blade and design
implemetation HD, HT.

52

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Operational weight of the machine ASC 250 in kg [lb] according to ISO 6016
Machine
Cab + ROPS frame

ASC 250 D
ASC 250 HD
ASC 250 HT

ASC 250 PD
ASC 250 HDPD
ASC 250 HTPD

ASC 250 PDB

25500 [53.217]

25685 [56.625]

26785 [59.049]

Weight of two tires with liquid filling in kg [lb]

1200 [2.646]

1200 [2.646]

1200 [2.646]

Weight of three pad-foot segments in kg [lb]

2625 [5.787]*

220 [485]

220 [485]

220 [485]

Weight cabin kg [lb]

* - Smooth drum can be fitted with padfoots segments.

For a machine with roof, deduct the weight of the cab and add 140 kg.
The maximum weight of roller 30750 kg (67.792 lb) with smooth drum, padfod segments, tyres filling with water, blade and design
implemetation HD, HT.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

53

description of the machine

Basic dimensions
Basic dimensions of model ASC 70
ASC 70 D

ASC 70 PD

ASC 70 PDB

Total length in mm [in]

5195 [204.5]

5195 [204.5]

5555 [218.7]

Total width in mm [in]

1880 [74]

1880 [74]

2215 [87.2]

Height in mm [in]

2870 [113]

2870 [113]

2870 [113]

4685 [184.4]

4685 [184.4]

5242 [206.3]

3090 [122]

3090 [122]

3090 [122]

14.9-24"

14.9-24"

14.9-24"

150 [21.7]

150 [21.7]

150 [21.7]

ASC 90 D

ASC 90 PD

ASC 90 PDB

5195 [204.5]

5195 [204.5]

5555 [218.7]

Outer contour turning radius in mm [in]

Inner turning radius in mm [in]
Dimensions of the tires
Filling pressure in kPa [PSI]

Basic dimensions of model ASC 90

Total length in mm [in]

Total width in mm [in]

1930 [76]

1930 [76]

2215 [87.2]

Height in mm [in]

2870 [113]

2870 [113]

2870 [113]

4795 [188.8]

4795 [188.8]

5242 [206.3]

3090 [122]

3090 [122]

3090 [122]

14.9-24"

14.9-24"

14.9-24"

150 [21.7]

150 [21.7]

150 [21.7]

ASC 110 D

ASC 110 PD

ASC 110 PDB

Total length in mm [in]

5686 [223.8]

5686 [223.8]

6094 [240]

Total width in mm [in]

2436 [95.9]

2436 [95.9]

2950 [116.1]

Height in mm [in]

3150 [124]

3150 [124]

3150 [124]

5370 [211.4]

5370 [211.4]

5738 [225.9]

Inner turning radius in mm [in]

3050 [120]

3050 [120]

3050 [120]

Dimensions of the tires

23.1 - 26"

23.1 - 26"

23.1 - 26"

Filling pressure in kPa [PSI]

160 [23.2]

160 [23.2]

160 [23.2]

Outer contour turning radius in mm [in]

Inner turning radius in mm [in]
Dimensions of the tires
Filling pressure in kPa [PSI]

Basic dimensions of model ASC 100

ASC 100
Total length in mm [in]

5630 [221.7]

Total width in mm [in]

2250 [88.6]

Height in mm [in]

3027 [119.2]

Outer contour turning radius in mm [in]

5575 [219.5]

Inner turning radius in mm [in]

3275 [128.9]

Dimensions of the tires

23.1 - 26"

Filling pressure in kPa [PSI]

160 [23.2]

Basic dimensions of model ASC 110

Outer contour turning radius in mm [in]

54

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Basic dimensions of model ASC 130
ASC 130 D

ASC 130 PD

Total length in mm [in]

5686 [223.8]

5686 [223.8]

6094 [240]

Total width in mm [in]

2500 [98.4]

2500 [98.4]

2950 [116.1]

Height in mm [in]

3150 [124]

3150 [124]

3150 [124]

Outer contour turning radius in mm [in]

ASC 130 PDB

5395 [212.4]

5395 [212.4]

5738 [225.9]

Inner turning radius in mm [in]

3050 [120]

3050 [120]

3050 [120]

Dimensions of the tires

23.1 - 26"

23.1 - 26"

23.1 - 26"

Filling pressure in kPa [PSI]

160 [23.2]

160 [23.2]

160 [23.2]

ASC 150 D

ASC 150 PD

ASC 150 PDB

Total length in mm [in]

5686 [223.8]

5686 [223.8]

6094 [240]

Total width in mm [in]

2500 [98.4]

2500 [98.4]

2950 [116.1]

Height in mm [in]

3150 [124]

3150 [124]

3150 [124]

5395 [212.4]

5395 [212.4]

5738 [225.9]

Inner turning radius in mm [in]

3050 [120]

3050 [120]

3050 [120]

Dimensions of the tires

23.1 - 26"

23.1 - 26"

23.1 - 26"

Filling pressure in kPa [PSI]

160 [23.2]

160 [23.2]

160 [23.2]

ASC 200 D

ASC 200 PD

ASC 200 PDB

Basic dimensions of model ASC 150

Outer contour turning radius in mm [in]

Basic dimensions of model ASC 200

Total length in mm [in]

6300 [248]

6300 [248]

6790 [267]

Total width in mm [in]

2500 [98.4]

2500 [98.4]

3000 [118.1]

Height in mm [in]

3265 [128.5]

3265 [128.5]

3265 [128.5]

Outer contour turning radius in mm [in]

6280 [247.2]

6280 [247.2]

6615 [260]

Inner turning radius in mm [in]

3900 [153.5]

3900 [153.5]

3900 [153.5]

Dimensions of the tires

23.5 - 25"

23.5 - 25"

23.5 - 25"

Filling pressure in kPa [PSI]

150 [22]

150 [22]

150 [22]

ASC 250 D

ASC 250 PD

ASC 250 PDB

6560 [258.2]

6560 [258.2]

6990 [275.2]

Basic dimensions of model ASC 250

Total length in mm [in]

Total width in mm [in]

2500 [98.4]

2500 [98.4]

3000 [118.1]

Height in mm [in]

3265 [128.5]

3265 [128.5]

3265 [128.5]

Outer contour turning radius in mm [in]

6315 [248.6]

6315 [248.6]

6820 [268.5]

Inner turning radius in mm [in]

3950 [155]

3950 [155]

3950 [155]

Dimensions of the tires

23.5 - 25"

23.5 - 25"

23.5 - 25"

Filling pressure in kPa [PSI]

150 [21.7]

150 [21.7]

150 [21.7]

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

55

description of the machine

Riding characteristics
Max. speed - in both directions

ASC 70 D

ASC 70 PD

ASC 70 PDB

km/h

0 - 11

0 - 11,1

0 - 11,1

MPH

0 - 6.83

0 - 6.89

0 - 6.89

ASC 90 D

ASC 90 PD

ASC 90 PDB

km/h

0 - 11,0

0 - 11,1

0 - 11,1

MPH

0 - 6.83

0 - 6.89

0 - 6.89

ASC 100

km/h

0 - 10,3

MPH

0 - 6.4

ASC 110 D

ASC 110 PD

ASC 110 PDB

km/h

0 - 10,6

0 - 10,7

0 - 10,7

MPH

0 - 6.58

0 - 6.64

0 - 6.64

ASC 150 D

ASC 150 PD

ASC 150 PDB

km/h

0 - 10

0 - 10,1

0 - 10,1

MPH

0 - 6.2

0 - 6.27

0 - 6.27

ASC 200 D

ASC 200 PD

ASC 200 PDB

km/h

0 - 10,5

0 - 10,6

0 - 10,6

MPH

0 - 6.52

0 - 6.58

0 - 6.58

ASC 250 D

ASC 250 PD

ASC 250 PDB

km/h

0 - 10

0 - 10

0 - 10,1

MPH

0 - 6.2

0 - 6.2

0 - 6.3

56

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Vibration frequency

ASC 70 / 90

Hz

30/40

VPM

[1800/2400]

ASC 100

Hz

32/35

VPM

[1920/2100]

ASC 110

Hz

32/35

VPM

[1920/2100]

ASC 150

Hz

29/35

VPM

[1740/2100]

ASC 200 / 250

Hz

28/34

VPM

[1680/2040]

Amplitude

ASC 70

mm

1,7/0,86

in

[0.069/0.0338]

ASC 90

mm

1,85/0,96

in

[0.073/0.0378]

ASC 100

mm

1,85/1,15

in

[0.073/0.045]

ASC 110

mm

1,85/1,15

in

[0.073/0.045]

ASC 150

mm

2,0/1,0

in

[0.079/0.039]

ASC 200

mm

2,0/1,0

in

[0.087/0.039]

ASC 250

mm

2,2/1,1

in

[0.086/0.043]

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

57

description of the machine

Fluid contents
ASC 70/90
Engine (oil filling)

l [gal US]

11,2 [2.96]

Cooling system

l [gal US]

19,0 [5.0]

Fuel

l [gal US]

275,0 [72.7]

Hydraulic system

l [gal US]

73,0 [19.3]

Drum gearbox (HD)

l [gal US]

2,5 [0.66]

Drum gearbox (HT)

l [gal US]

2,8 [0.74]

Wheel gears

l [gal US]

2x2,5 [2x0.66]

Vibrating drum

l [gal US]

6,7 [1.77]

Windshield washer bowl

l [gal US]

2,75 [0.72]

Engine (oil filling)

l [gal US]

11,2 [2.96]

Cooling system

l [gal US]

24,0 [6.3]

ASC 100

Fuel

l [gal US]

410,0 [108.3]

Hydraulic system

l [gal US]

90,0 [23.8]

Drum gearbox

l [gal US]

3,5 [0.92]

Wheel gears

l [gal US]

2x2,5 [3,3x0.87]

Vibrating drum

l [gal US]

8,0 [2.1]

Windshield washer bowl

l [gal US]

2,75 [0.72]

Engine (oil filling) Tier 1 and Tier 2

l [gal US]

16,3 [4.3]

Engine (oil filling) Tier 3

l [gal US]

11 [2.9]

Cooling system Tier 1 and Tier 2

l [gal US]

25,0 [6.6]

Cooling system Tier 3

l [gal US]

32,0 [8.5]

Fuel

l [gal US]

410,0 [108.3]

Hydraulic system

l [gal US]

90,0 [23.8]

Drum gearbox (ASC110/130 HD)

l [gal US]

4,2 [1.11]

(ASC110/130HT; ASC150HD)

l [gal US]

4,8 [1.27]

(ASC150HT)

l [gal US]

5,1 [1.36]

Wheel gears

l [gal US]

2x2,8 [2x0.74]

Vibrating drum

l [gal US]

8,0 [2.1]

Windshield washer bowl

l [gal US]

2,75 [0.72]

Engine (oil filling)

l [gal US]

14,3 [3.78]

Cooling system

l [gal US]

30,0 [7.9]

Fuel

l [gal US]

405,0 [107.0]

Hydraulic system

l [gal US]

100,0 [26.4]

Drum gearbox

l [gal US]

7,7 [2.0]

Wheel gears

l [gal US]

2x4,4 [2x1.2]

Vibrating drum

l [gal US]

7,5 [1.98]

Windshield washer bowl

l [gal US]

2,7 [0.71]

Cooling system of the Drum

l [gal US]

185 [48.9]

ASC 110/130/150

ASC 200/250

58

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Electrical installation
ASC 70/90
Voltage

24

Batteries

Ah

2 x 61

Voltage

24

Batteries

Ah

2 x 61

Voltage

24

Batteries

Ah

2 x 100

Voltage

24

Batteries

Ah

2 x 100

ASC 100

ASC 110/150

ASC 200/250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

59

60

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

6. Removing the engine

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

61

Removing the engine

Technical data
ASC 70/90 - TIER I
Manufacturer

Cummins Diesel

Type of the engine

B3.9-C99

Number of cylinders

Cylinder bore

mm [in]

102 [4.02]

Stroke

mm [in]

120 [4.72]

Total stroke capacity

cm [cu in]

3900 [239]

Output of the engine ISO 3046/1 (DIN 6271)

kW [HP]

74 [99]

Specific speed - revolutions per minute

min-1 [RPM]

2200

Maximum torque

Nm [ft lb]

407 [300] / 1400 min-1 RPM

Fuel consumption at normal operation ASC 70*

l/h [gal US/h]

9 [2.4]

Engine fulfills requirements of 97/68/EC, EPA, CARB.

* According to method ACZ.

ASC 70/90 - TIER II

Manufacturer

Cummins Diesel

Type of the engine

B4.5 C 99

Number of cylinders

Cylinder bore

mm (in)

102 (4,02)

Stroke

mm (in)

138 (5,42)

Total displacement

cm (cu in)

4500 (275)

Output according to ISO 3046/1 (DIN 6271)

kW (HP)

74 (99)

Rated speed

min (RPM)

2200

Fuel consumption at normal operation ASC 70*

l/h [gal US/h]

8.8 [2.3]

-1

Engine fulfills requirements of DIR 97/68/EU STAGE 2

EPA/CARB 40 CFR Part 89 TIER 2
* According to method ACZ.

ASC 100 - TIER I

Manufacturer

Cummins Diesel

Type of the engine

4BTA 3.9-C116

Number of cylinders

Cylinder bore

mm [in]

102 [4.02]

Stroke

mm [in]

120 [4.72]

Total displacement

cm [cu in]

3900 [239]

Output according to ISO 3046/1 (DIN 6271)

kW [HP]

86 [116]

Rated speed

min [RPM]

2500

Maximum torque

Nm [ft lb]

423 [312] / 1500 min-1 [RPM]

Fuel consumption at normal operation ASC 100*

l/h [gal US/h]

11,5 [3.03]

-1

Engine fulfills requirements of Tier 1 97/68/EC

* According to method ACZ..

62

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
ASC 110/150 - TIER I
Manufacturer

Cummins Diesel

Type of the engine

B5.9-C148

Number of cylinders

Cylinder bore

mm (in)

102 (4.02)

Stroke

mm (in)

120 (4.72)

Total stroke capacity

cm (cu in)

5880 (359)

Output of the engine ISO 3046/1 (DIN 6271)

kW (HP)

110 (148)

Specific speed - revolutions per minute

min-1 (RPM)

2200

Maximum torque

Nm (ft lb)

597 (440) / 1600 min-1 RPM

Fuel consumption at normal operation ASC 110*

l/h (gal US/h)

11,8 (3.12)

Fuel consumption at normal operation ASC 150*

l/h (gal US/h)

12,5 (3.3)

Engine fulfills requirements of 97/68/EC, EPA, CARB.

* According to method ACZ.

ASC 110/130/150 - TIER II

Make

Cummins Diesel

Type

QSB5.9-C155

Number of cylinders

Bore

mm (in)

102 (4,02)

Stroke

mm (in)

120 (4,72)

Total displacement

cm (cu in)

5880 (359)

Output according to ISO 3046/1 (DIN 6271)

kW (HP)

116 (155)

Rated speed

min-1 (RPM)

2200

Maximal torque

Nm (ft lb)

597 (440) /1500 min-1 (RPM)

Fuel speed at normal operation*

l/h (gal US/h)

ASC 110 - 11,8 (3,12), ASC 150 - 12,5 (3,3)

Engine fulfills requirements of Dir. 97/68/EU Stage 2 EPA/CARB 40 CFR Part 89 Tier 2
* According to method ACZ.

ASC 110/130/150 - TIER III

Make

Cummins Diesel

Type

QSB4.5-C160

Number of cylinders

Total displacement

cm3 (cu in)

4500 (275)

Output according to ISO 3046/1 (DIN 6271)

kW (HP)

119 (160)

Rated speed

min (RPM)

2200

Maximal torque

Nm (ft lb)

624 (460) /1500 min-1 (RPM)

Fuel speed at normal operation*

l/h (gal US/h)

ASC 110 - 11,8 (3,12), ASC 150 - 12,5 (3,3)

Engine fulfills requirements of:

Dir. 97/68/EU Stage 3

EPA/CARB 40 CFR Part 89 Tier 3

-1

* According to method ACZ.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

63

Removing the engine

ASC 200/250 - TIER I

Manufacturer

Cummins Diesel

Type

B5.9-C148

Number of cylinders

Bore

mm [in]

102 [4.02]

Stroke

mm (in)

120 [4.72]

Total displacement

cm (cu in)

5880 [359]

Output according to ISO 3046/1 (DIN 6271)

kW [HP]

110[148]

Rated speed

min-1 [RPM]

2200

Maximal torque

Nm [ft lb]

597 [440] /1600 min-1 [RPM]

Fuel consumption at normal operation ASC 200*

l/h [gal US/h]

11,8 [3.12]

Fuel consumption at normal operation ASC 250*

l/h [gal US/h]

12,5 [3.3]

Engine fulfills requirements of 97/68/EC, EPA, CARB.

* According to method ACZ.

ASC 200/250 - TIER II

Make

Cummins Diesel

Type

QSB5.9-C205

Number of cylinders

Bore

mm (in)

102 (4,02)

Stroke

mm (in)

120 (4,72)

Total displacement

cm (cu in)

5900 (360)

Output according to ISO 3046/1 (DIN 6271)

kW (HP)

153 (205)

Rated speed

min (RPM)

2500

Maximal torque

Nm (ft lb)

847 (625) /1500 min-1 (RPM)

Fuel speed at normal operation *

l/h (gal US/h)

ASC 200:

20,3 (5,36)

ASC 250:

21,1 (5,6)

-1

Engine fulfills requirements of

Dir. 97/68/EU Stage 2

EPA/CARB 40 CFR Part 89 Tier 2

* According to method ACZ.

ASC 200/250 - TIER III

Make

Cummins Diesel

Type

QSB6.7-C220

Number of cylinders

Total displacement

cm (cu in)

6700 (409)

Output according to ISO 3046/1 (DIN 6271)

kW (HP)

164 (220)

Rated speed

min (RPM)

2200

Maximal torque

Nm (ft lb)

949 (700) /1500 min-1 (RPM)

Fuel speed at normal operation *

l/h (gal US/h)

ASC 200: 21,5 (5,7)

-1

ASC 250: 22,2 (5,9)

Engine fulfills requirements of

Dir. 97/68/EU Stage 3

EPA/CARB 40 CFR Part 89 Tier 3

* According to method ACZ.

64

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Motor oils and lubricating grease
Roller with engine

Engine oil

Amount [l gal]

API CE; SAE 15W/40

11,2 [2.96]

API CH 4/SJ, CI/SK; SAE 15W/40

11,2 [2.96]

ASC 110 - 150 TIER 1

API CE; SAE 15W/40

16,3 [4.3]

ASC 110 - 150 TIER 2

API CH 4/SJ, CI/SK; SAE 15W/40

16,3 [4.3]

ASC 110 - 150 TIER 3

API CH 4/SJ, CI/SK; SAE 15W/40

11 [2.9]

ASC 200/250 TIER 1

API CE; SAE 15W/40

14,3 [3.78]

ASC 200/250 TIER 2

API CH 4/SJ, CI/SK; SAE 15W/40

14,3 [3.78]

ASC 200/250 TIER 3

API CH 4/SJ, CI/SK; SAE 15W/40

19,7 [5.2]

ASC 70/90 TIER 1, ASC 100 TIER 1

ASC 70/90 TIER 2

Coolant fluid in engine

ASC 70/90 TIER 1, 2

19 [5.0]

ASC 100 TIER 1

24 [6,3]

ASC 110 - 150 TIER 1, 2

25 [6.6]

ASC 110 - 150 TIER 3

32 [8.5]

ASC 200/250 TIER 1-3

30 [7.9]

Lubricating grease
ISO 6743/9 CCEB 2
DIN 51 502 KP2K-30
Coolant is a mixture consisting of treated demineralized or distilled water and antifreeze ethylene glycol. Coolant can be also prepared
from a propylene glycol antifreeze. Minimum portion of the ethylene glycol or propylene glycol antifreeze in the coolant is 50 %.
Temperature limits of coolant at different contents of ethylene glycol or propylene glycol in the liquids used are given in the following
table:

antifreeze with ethylene glycol

antifreeze with propylene glycol

50 % = 37 C [34 F]

50 % = 33 C [27 F]

60 % = 54 C [65 F]

60 % = 49 C [56 F]

68 % = 71 C [96 F]

68 % = 63 C [82 F]

Water for preparation of the coolant should be used according to the criteria given in the following table:
Water quality

min.

max.

6,5

8,5

Content of chlorides (mg/dm )

100

Content of sulfates (mg/dm )

100

Total hardness (dGH)

12

pH factor at 20 C [68 F]
3

Liquids: The liquids used must contain anticorrosive additives protecting all materials in the cooling system including rubber and the
head gasket. Liquids should not be mixed together with those of other marks. They must correspond to testing criteria as given in
ASTM 4985. Do not use a greater portion of the frost proof cooling agent in coolant than 50 % if it is not necessary.

Never use proportion greater than 68 %.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

65

Removing the engine

Disassembly and assembly of the engine

Preparatory set-up
Preparatory activities and both dismantling and assembly of the
engine should be performed in accordance with the first chapter Safety Instructions. Ecological measures and HEALTH principles must be kept as well.

Dismantling of the engine

Lift the hood, support by fixture no.1 in lifted position
Disconnect electrical wiring

ASC101

ASC102
66

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Press out pins from piston ends in lifting hydraulic motors, secure by fixture no. 2.

ASC103
Install fixture no. 3, lower the hood, support

ASC104
Remove hinges

ASC105
Attach hooks of fixture no. 3.

ASC106
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

67

Removing the engine

Set hood aside using fixture no. 3.

ASC107

ASC108
Loosen pouring throat, drain coolant
-

for alle rollers with engine T1.

ASC109
-

for ASC 200/250 with engine T3

ASC110
68

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
-

for ASC 70/90

for ASC 110-150 with engine T3

ASC111
Drain coolant into a ready container.

ASC112
Disconnect hoses 27, 28 and rubber elbow 35. Remove hoses
83, 84 to the hydraulic oil radiator, plug up outlets.

27
35

83
84
ASC113
Remove holders 8.

ASC114
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

69

Removing the engine

Loosen bolts 53.

53

ASC115
Suspend radiator by hooks, set aside.

ASC116

ASC117
Remove cover of hydraulic tank

ASC118
70

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Remove suction hose 51 from hydraulic tank to steering pump.

51
ASC119
Plug up outlet.

ASC120
Disconnect hoses to steering pump, plug up.

ASC121
Loosen bolt of clamp 23 on the turbo.

23

23

ASC122
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

71

Removing the engine

Remove four bolts 28 on the air filter holder.

28

ASC123
Disconnect wiring to filter sensor, set filter aside.

ASC124
Loosen clamp on exhaust pipe 3.

ASC125
Remove bolts of exhaust pipe holder 31.

31

ASC126
72

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Set muffler aside.

ASC127
Plug up outlets

ASC128
Disconnect all wires ground strip, starter wires, alternator
wires, water temperature and oil pressure sensor RPM meter,
and injection pump solenoid.

ASC129
Disconnect cable to gas control - for ASC 70/90 Tier 2,
ASC110/150 Tier 1, ASC 200/250 Tier 1.

ASC130
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

73

Removing the engine

Disconnect control unit of engine T2, T3 for ASC 110250.

ASC131
Disconnect intake and overflow of fuel.

ASC132
Lift the cabin using hydraulic lift, then use crane to unload the
piston of the lifting hydraulic motor using fixture no.1.

ASC133
Remove bolts 53.
Set rubber wall aside.

53

ASC134
74

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Remove bolts 47 from flange 12.

47

12

ASC135
Suspend pump on crane.

ASC136
Slide out of the clutch 86, support.

86

ASC137
Remove nuts of front engine rubber mounting 64.

64
ASC138
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

75

Removing the engine

Remove nuts of rear rubber mounting 64.

64

ASC139

Suspend engine on crane by hooks.

ASC140
Extract, set aside on support no. 4.

ASC141

76

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Failure

Cause

Remedy

Engine cannot be started

and starter is turning.

Empty fuel tank.

Replenish fuel and deareate the fuel system.

Untightness of the fuel system.

Inspect the connections, if tight; remove untightness. Prime fuel with the hand priming pump.

Aerated fuel system.

Deareate the fuel system.

Clogged pre-cleaner, fuel cleaners or distribution system.

Clean the distribution system and replace the

filter elements.

Clogged pre-cleaner, fuel cleaners or distribution system by paraffin sediments during winter.

Clean the system, use the winter-grade fuel.

The starter turns slowly - poorly charged battery, Inspect shape of the battery, replenish electrooxided terminals or loose clamps at the termilyte. Clean the contacts, grease and tighten the
nals.
clamps.

Engine cannot be started

and starter is not turning.

Too dense oil used in winter.

Use oil suitable for the actual ambient temperature.

The engine gets stopped after starting by the

""engine stop device, the indicator of hydraulic
oil level is on.

Replenish hydraulic oil up to the prescribed level.

The engine gets stopped after starting by the

""engine stop"" device, the indicator of hydraulic
oil level is off.

Check the indicator of hydraulic oil level. Check

voltage at the engine STOP magnet Y5 (inspect
the fuse F3, cables, relay K3, connectors).

Faulty delivery valve at the injection pump.

Let it to be inspected by the engine manufacturers service.

The electrical system of the machine is disconnected.

Turn the battery disconnector to turn on the

electrical system.

Conditions of starting are not kept.

The tilting arm with the travel control is lifted,

or the push button of the emergency brake is
depressed.

The travel control is out of the neutral position

and the indicator of neutral position is off.

Put the travel control into the neutral position.

Faulty battery of connections.

Test the battery voltage, check the cables and

connections.

Starter.

Inspect connection of the starter, check, if the

pinion shifts out.

Switch box.

Check function and connection of the switch

box (cables, function of the relay K4, terminal
switches S13, S10, S11, terminals etc.).

Mechanical failure of the engine, the clutch or

the hydrostatic system.

Verify, if the engine can rotate, by turning the

belt pulley at the crankshaft.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

77

Removing the engine

Zvada

Pravdpodobn pina

Uren (odstrann) zvady

The engine is getting

overheated.

Shortage of coolant.

Quickly stop the engine, replenish coolant, find

the untightness and repair it.

Clogged coolant radiator.

Clean the radiator.

Failure of the belt tensioning, or broken belt.

Repair the failure, replace the belt.

Improperly working thermostat.

Verify function of the thermostat; replace if

necessary.

Considerable amount of dirt and sediments in

the cooling circuit.

Clean the cooling circuit.

Faulty injection nozzles.

Let expert to check them.

Improperly adjusted fuel volume supplied by

the injection pump.

Let to be adjusted in a specialized workshop.

Ambient temperature too high.

Work for a limited time and allow the engine to

cool down.

Improperly adjusted beginning of injection.

Let expert to check it.

Engine oil level too low.

Replenish oil.

Engine oil is leaking.

Immediately stop the engine, inspect connections of the lubrication system and repair the
untightness.

Used oil is of improper viscosity.

Exchange oil for a recommended sort.

Overheated engine.

Allow the engine to cool down. Seek for the

reason.

Aerated fuel system.

Deareate the fuel system, repair the untightness.

Faulty injection nozzles.

Let expert to check it.

Improper valve clearance.

Let expert to check it.

Broken injection pipe.

Let expert to check it.

Improperly adjusted injection pump.

Let expert to check it.

Increased underpressure in the inlet branch of

the engine.

Check function of the underpressure switch.

Replace the filter elements if needed.

Oil level too high.

Lower oil level to the upper mark at the dipstick.

Poor compression due to burned or broken

piston rings, or due to wrong valve clearance.

Let the piston rings to be tested in a specia-lized

workshop; adjust the valve clearance.

Excessive oil consumption.

Untight oil system.

Repair the untightness.

Untight piston rings, or generally worn engine.

Let expert to check it.

The engine has not sufficient output.

Excessively clogged fuel cleaners.

Replace the filter elements.

Wrong valve clearance.

Adjust valve clearance.

Clogged holes of the injection nozzles; the

injectors are not adjusted to correct injection
pressure.

Let expert to check it.

The engine is not sufficiently lubricated - the indicator

of lubrication is on.

The engine runs irregularly,

with low output

The engine excessively

smokes.

Improperly adjusted injection pump. Improperly Let expert to check it.

adjusted advanced injection angle. The cylinders
have not sufficient compression pressure. Failure
of the turbocharger.
Further possible failures are described in the instruction manual of the engine, which is supplied with the machine.

78

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Fixtures
no. 1

Installation ND080080 (cab support)

ND080080
no. 2

Installation ND080220 (securing hydraulic cylinders

of hood lifting)

ND080220
no. 3

Handling ND101778 (hooks for installation of hood)

ND101778
no. 4

Installation ND080183 (engine support)

ND080183
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

79

80

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

7. Drum removal

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

81

7. Drum removal
Attention! The mounting of the drum in the frame is different in roller ASC 200/250 compared to roller
series ASC 70150. Please pay attention to the text and illustrations pointing out these differences in
order to prevent injuries and damage to replaced parts. Please use recommended fixtures and special
tools.

Technical data
Description
Vibrating drum together with the driving lugs is fixed to both sides of the front frame using rubberized metal pieces of the prescribed
stiffness. The vibration effect is generated by means of two eccentric pairs located on both sides of the drum. The eccentric pieces are
joined by a shaft, and actuated by a hydraulic motor that is located on the left side of the drum. The drum is driven by a hydraulic motor located on the right side of the drum.

Technical data
Model

ASC 70 D

ASC 70 PD

ASC 70 PDB

Drum diameter

mm [in]

1300 [51.2]

1240 [48.8]

1240 [48.8]

Drum diameter over the foot pads

mm [in]

1400 [55.1]

1400 [55.1]

Drum width

mm [in]

1680 [65.7]

1680 [65.7]

1680 [65.7]

Drum thickness

mm [in]

25 [0.98]

15 [0.59]

15 [0.59]

Number of foot pads

104

104

Foot pad dimension

mm [in]

80 [3.15]

80 [3.15]

ASC 90 D

ASC 90 PD

ASC 90 PDB

Model
Drum diameter

mm [in]

1300 [51.2]

1240 [48.8]

1240 [48.8]

Drum diameter over the foot pads

mm [in]

1400 [55.1]

1400 [55.1]

Drum width

mm [in]

1680 [65.7]

1680 [65.7]

1680 [65.7]

Drum thickness

mm [in]

25 [0.98]

15 [0.59]

15 [0.59]

Number of foot pads

104

104

Foot pad dimension

mm [in]

80 [3.15]

80 [3.15]

ASC 110 D

ASC 110 PD

ASC 110 PDB

Model

ASC 100

Drum diameter

mm [in]

1500 [59]

Drum diameter over the foot pads

mm [in]

Drum width

mm [in]

2130 [83.6]

Drum thickness

mm [in]

25 [0.98]

Number of foot pads

Foot pad dimension

mm [in]

Model
Drum diameter

mm [in]

1500 [59.0]

1440 [56.7]

1440 [56.7]

Drum diameter over the foot pads

mm [in]

1640 [64.6]

1640 [64.6]

Drum width

mm [in]

2200 [86.6]

2200 [86.6]

2200 [86.6]

Drum thickness

mm [in]

25 [0.98]

20 [0.79]

20 [0.79]

Number of foot pads

150

150

Foot pad dimension

mm [in]

100 [3.93]

100 [3.93]

82

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Model

ASC 150 D

ASC 150 PD

ASC 150 PDB

Drum diameter

mm [in]

1500 [59.0]

1440 [56.7]

1440 [56.7]

Drum diameter over the foot pads

mm [in]

1640 [64.6]

1640 [64.6]

Drum width

mm [in]

2200 [86.6]

2200 [86.6]

2200 [86.6]

Drum thickness

mm [in]

40 [1.57]

28 [1.1]

28 [1.1]

Number of foot pads

140

140

Foot pad dimension

mm [in]

100 [3.93]

100 [3.93]

ASC 200 D

ASC 200 PD

ASC 200 PDB

Model
Drum diameter

mm [in]

1700 [67.0]

1600 [63]

1600 [63]

Drum diameter over the foot pads

mm [in]

1840 [72,5]

1840 [72,5]

Drum width

mm [in]

2240 [88,25]

2240 [88,25]

2240 [88,25]

Drum thickness

mm [in]

45 [1.77]

30 [1.18]

30 [1.18]

Number of foot pads

150

150

Foot pad dimension

mm [in]

120 [4.73]

120 [4.73]

ASC 250 D

ASC 250 PD

ASC 250 PDB

Model
Drum diameter

mm [in]

1700 [67.0]

1600 [63]

1600 [63]

Drum diameter over the foot pads

mm [in]

1908 [75,1]

1908 [75,1]

Drum width

mm [in]

2240 [88,25]

2240 [88,25]

2240 [88,25]

Drum thickness

mm [in]

50 [1.97]

30 [1.18]

30 [1.18]

Number of foot pads

150

150

Foot pad dimension

mm [in]

154 [6.1]

154 [6.1]

Fluid contents of vibrating rollers

Drum
Vibrator - oil - API CD EP; SAE 15W/40
ASC 70/90

6,7 [1.7.96]

ASC 110 - 150

16,3 [4.3]

ASC 200/250

14,3 [3.78]

Gear box - oil - API GL-5

SAE 80W/90 pro teplotu okol -10 C +30 C [14 F 86 F]
SAE 80W/140 pro teplotu okol +20 C +45 C [68 F 113 F]
ASC 70/90 (HD)

2,5 [0.66]

ASC 70/90 (HT)

2,8 [0.74]

ASC 110 - 130 (HD)

4,2 [1.11]

ASC 110 -130 (HT); ASC150 (HD)

4,8 [1.28]

ASC 150 (HT)

5,1 [1.36]

ASC 200/250 (HD)

7,7 [2.00]

ASC 250 (HT)

9,5 [2.51]

Grease
ISO 6743/9 CCEB 2
DIN 51 502 KP2K-30

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

83

7. Drum removal
Removing the drum from the machine
Lift the drum frame until the drum just touches the ground.
Support on both sides firmly with fixture no. 1.

ASC142
Remove cover of vibration hydraulic motor.

ASC143
Remove holders of vibration hydraulic motor hoses.

ASC144
Screw four bolts on vibration hydraulic motor off. Remove lower
bolts using fixture no. 2.

2
ASC145
84

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Remove hydraulic motor and set aside on the side of the frame.

ASC146
Remove holders of hoses on rear crossbeam of the frame.

ASC147
Remove holders of hoses of the travel hydraulic motor.

ASC148
Place a catch basin underneath the travel hydraulic motor.

ASC149
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

85

7. Drum removal
Removal of travel hydraulic motor hoses.

ASC150
Plug up outlets of hoses and the hydraulic motor.

ASC151
Tie up hoses to the mirror on the cab.

ASC152
Disconnect wires from the travel hydraulic motor (sensor, solenoid).

ASC153
86

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Unscrew plug in front cross beam 8, install hooks.

ASC154
ASC 200/250 - For suspending the crossbeam of the machine
use 2 lifting lug no. 7 (ND 090589), see fixtures Chapter 5 Removing of the joint.

ASC155
Suspend crossbeam on the crane.

ASC156
Remove bolts 17 and 16 on both sides, set crossbeam aside.

17
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

16
ASC157
87

7. Drum removal
Loosen connecting bolts 37 of the frame with the bracket on the
left side, and 9 on the right side.

37

9
ASC158

ASC 70150 - Slide off rubber mounting using fixture bolts no.
3.

ASC159
ASC 70150 - Tighten rubber mounting by 810 mm (0.30.4
in).

ASC160
ASC 200/250 -Remove bolts and pads 29.

29

ASC161
88

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
ASC 200/250 - Reinsert bolts and tighten to 30 mm (1.2 in).

ASC162
ASC 70250 - After having removed bolts that connect the
frame of the drum, remove spacers.

ASC163
ASC 200/250 - When reinstalling the spacers, insert front spacers with hole down.

ASC164
ASC 200/250 - Rear spacers the other way around.

ASC165
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

89

7. Drum removal
Roll the drum from the frame.

ASC166
Install drain plug in the left lid in lower position.

ASC167
Use chock no. 5 to prevent movement.

5
ASC168
Unscrew drain plug 33 from the lid of the vibrator, drain oil to
catch basin.

33

ASC167A
90

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Turn bracket 2 and remove bolts 39 one after the other. The

39

remaining two bolts in the horizontal axis to be removed first

after mounting to the fixture.

Note
applies to ASC 70150. In ASC 200/250 there is
another method used for mounting bracket 2, the remaining
two bolts to be removed in horizontal level.

ASC169
ASC 70150 - Place console 2 vertically and using fixture no. 5
attach to the crane.

ASC170
ASC 70150 - Remove last two bolts 39.

39

ASC171
ASC 70150

39

39

ASC172
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

91

7. Drum removal
ASC 70150 - Remove console together with the vibrator plate
from the drum set aside. Remove fixture bolts no.3. one after
the other.

ASC173
ASC 200/250 - Mount suspension eyelet no. 7 to bracket 2. Do
not insert a pad between bracket 2 and the eyelet, which is part
of fixture no. 7
Note
the pad is used for the removal of the other (right) side of the
drum.

7
2
ASC174

ASC 200/250 - Suspend the bracket using fixtures no 6 and 7

positioned as illustrated, and remove remaining two bolts in the
horizontal axis.

6
7
2

ASC175
Remove bolts 44, remove console 2 from rubberized metal
pieces.

ASC176
92

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Vibrator plate to be rotated and placed on the rubber mounting.

ASC177
Remove safety pad 31.

31

ASC178
Place fixture no. 8 on nut 30.

ASC179

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

93

7. Drum removal
Remove nut 30 and pad 31.

ASC180

30

31

ASC181
Turn vibrator plate 5 with hub 9 upside down support.

9
ASC182
Remove bolts 42.

42

42

42
ASC183
94

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Insert bolts in the hole, fixture no. 9, by stepwise tightening remove hub 9. If necessary use bolt fixture no. 9
Note
bolts (3 pieces) are part of fixture no. 9 as position 2 see Fixtures.

ASC184
Press out bearing 28 from the hub, seal ring 22, and collar /23.

23

28

22

ASC185

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

95

7. Drum removal
Vibrator plate assembly

28

Follow removal procedure in reverse order during assembly

22

Press outer ring of bearing 28, turn and press outer ring of the
bearing, install seal ring 22 using fixture no. 10.

28

ASC185A
On the vibrator plate bearing install O ring 26 and ring 13 preheated to 90 C (when replacing). Insert inner part of the bearing 28 - preheat to 90 110 C.

28
26

13
ASC186
Fill bearings with grease, insert hub 29.

29

ASC187
Insert the inner part of bearing 28 - preheat to 90110 C.

28

ASC188
96

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Insert pad 31, nut 30.

30

31

ASC181
Tighten with fixture no. 8 (tap on the fixture while tightening).

ASC180A
Tighten the nut with torque using fixture no. 11
Roller Tighting
torque
Nm
(ftlb)

Loisko

Utahovac moment Nm

ASC 70/90

28

7080

ASC 100

28

7080

ASC 110/150

28

7580

ASC 200/250

32

80100

11

ASC189

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

97

7. Drum removal
Removal of the right side of the drum
ASC 70150 - Turn the drum to position in Fig.

ASC190
ASC 70150 - Using fixture no. 5 suspend console 01 on the
crane.

ASC191
ASC 70150 - Remove bolts 45.

45

ASC192
ASC 70150 - Set the console with the driving lug aside.

3
98

1
ASC193

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
ASC 200/250 - Revome holders 7.

ASC194
ASC 200/250 - Turn the drum to position as in Fig., install suspension eyelet no. 7 to bracket 1. Insert the pad of the fixture 7a
between bracket 1 and eyelet no. 7.
Suspend bracket using fixtures no. 6 and 7 in position as in Fig.

7a
1
7

ASC195

1
ASC196
Remove outer rubber mounting 35 and bracket 1.

35
1
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC197
99

7. Drum removal
Removal and installation of vibrators
- The right side - ASC 70/ASC 90

Attention!
In roller the vibration exciter in the twin version
(left and right vibrator) of two vibrators on the same
shaft. For the reason of higher weight the vibration
exciter is remover (installed) in the vertical position
of the drum from the left side. When replacing the
bearing of the right lid, it is necessary to place the
drum with its left side down by means of two clamps
no. 13 on suitable padding (beams of hardwood).

ASC198

After remove set lid 12.

12

ASC199
ASC 110/150

ASC 200/250
Remove bolts 38 suspend lid 8 on fixture no. 12, using three
bolts M16 in service holes A, press the lid from the front of the
drum.

12

38

ASC200

Set lid aside.

8
12

100

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Using same fixture remove vibrator.
ASC 70/ASC90 - Before removing the vibrator, position the
drum vertically with its right side down. Having removed the
left lid pull the vibrator out of the drum using fixture no. 14 (extender for suspension eyelet).

12
ASC202
Remove bolts 40, lid 10, safety ring 18, press out outside rings of
bearings 19 from lids 8 and 10, remove connecting shaft 5.
Not aplicable for ASC 70/ASC 90.

40
10

19
ASC203
Use same procedure for removing lids 7, 10 and vibrator on the
left side of the drum.

7
ASC204
ASC 110/150
ASC 200/250
Warm up bearing rings 19 to 90110 C and slide off shafts.

19

19
ASC205

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

101

7. Drum removal
ASC 70/90 - design of vibrator.

ASC198
Take out half-segments of rings 7 and the loose cam 2. The rigid
cam may be removed by milling the cam body 1 in its weakest
point, or use new shaft 3, 4 with cam 1.

3,4
2

1
If new parts are used in mounting the vibrator, warm up the eccenter to 250350 C, and place it on the fixture pad no.15, and
insert in it shafts 3, and 4 with key 11.

ASC206

3,4
11

Attention
applicable to ASC 200/250. when handling eccenter
1 use fixture no.16. When handling shafts 3 and 4
use fixture no. 17.

1
15
ASC207

Press bushing 8 into cam 2 using fixture no. 18.

8
102

ASC208

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Calibrate bushing using fixture no. 18.

18

ASC209
Further operations are identical for both sides od the drum
and follow the procedure in reverse. For installing outer rings
of bearings 19 to lids 7, 8, and 10, follow pairing with internal
bearing rings.

Attention
applicable to ASC 70/90. First install the right lid
with the bearing, position the drum vertically using
clamps no. 13, and install the vibrator using fixture
no. 14. When the vibration exciter is in place, check
axial free play of bearings of the ecciter, see Fig. on
next page - down there.

19

7,8

ASC210

Install safety ring 17. For installation of connecting shaft 5, one

must observe the correct position of vibrators against each other this is done by groove A on both ends of the shaft against
pins 12 in cams 3 and 4.

Attention
The shaft (5) is not used for ASC 70/ASC 90.

17

ASC211

Pins 12 to be pressed into both shafts 3 and 4, establish position

using fixture no.19.
Not applicable for ASC 70/ASC 90

3,4

12

ASC212
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

103

7. Drum removal
After having installed lids 7 and 8, test using fixture no. 20. Axial
play of bearings of both vibratos to be 1,52,5 mm.

20
For replacement of vibration hydraulic motors 35, hub 4 must
be heated up to 200 C, and slid on the output shaft of the hydraulic motor. The guide pin on the spline must move freely to
full stop and must not be forced.

ASC213

35
4

ASC214
Use Loctite-577 to glue bolts 14 of hydraulic motor 35.

M12 x 1,5

M14 x 1,5

110 Nm

160 Nm

ASC 70/90
ASC 110150
ASC 200/250

160 Nm
160 Nm

14
ASC215

104

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Dismantling of the rubber mounting on asc
200/250
The left side
Ease the frame of the drum up to prevent the rubber mounting
from overstraining.

ASC216
Remove holder 8.

ASC217
Remove external rubber mounting 35.

35

ASC218

ASC219
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

105

7. Drum removal
Loosen bolts of the rear rubber mounting.

ASC220
Position spanner between the drum frame and the vibration
plate 5, unbrace.

ASC221

ASC222
Replace internal rubber mounting and tighten to torque see
torque specification table.

ASC223
106

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Install external rubber mounting 35.

ASC219
Mount holder, tighten bolts to torque see torque specification
table.

Replace remaining rubber mounting one by one on the left side

of the drum using same procedure.

ASC217A
The right side
Remove holder pos. 7.

ASC194
Remove external rubber mounting 35.

35

ASC224
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

107

7. Drum removal
Remove internal rubber mounting 35.

ASC225
Position spanner between carrier 2 and the front face of the
drum, unbrace, replace rubber mounting, and tighten to torque,
see torque specification table.

ASC226
Install external rubber mounting.

ASC224A
Mount holder, tighten bolts of the holder and the rubber mounting to torque see table.

Replace remaining rubber mounting one by one on the right

side of the drum using same procedure.
108

ASC227
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Fixtures
No.1 - ND 107453 - Handling (support under frame with drum)

ASC 70/90

No.1 - ND080088 - Handling (support under frame with drum)

ASC 110ASC 250

ND080088
No.2 - ND090605 - Installation (for assembly of vibration hydromotor) ASC 70ASC 250

ND080605
No.3 - ND080073 - Installation - (bolts for clamping rubberized metal pieces)

Note: not used for ASC 200/250

ND080073
No.4 -

ND090535 - Handling (wedge for drums)

ASC 70ASC 250

ND090535
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

109

7. Drum removal
No.5 - ND107327 - Handling (for consoles pos.2 and 30-1)
ASC 70/90
No.5 - ND080149 - Handling (for consoles pos.2 and 30-1)
ASC 110/150

ND080149
No.6 - ND107322 - Handling (for consoles pos.2 and 30-1)
ASC 200/250

ND107322
No.7 - ND107323 - Handling (for consoles pos.2 and 30-1)
ASC 200/250

ND107323
No.8 - ND080229 - Installation (for tightening nut KM26)
ASC 70ASC 150
No.8 - ND090613 - Installation (for tightening nut KM30)
ASC 200/250

ND080229
110

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
No.9 - ND101781 - Installation (disassembly of hub 9, vibration
plate 3 and bearings 28)
Pos. 1 one version for

ASC 70ASC 150

other version for ASC 200/250

Pos. 2 bolt M14 for rollers ASC 70ASC 150

bolt M16 for rollers ASC 200/250

ND101781
No.10 - ND101776 - Installation (for pressing seal ring)
ASC 70ASC 150
No.10 - ND107119 - Installation (for pressing seal ring)
200/250

ASC

ND101776
No.11 - ND101777 - Control (for checking prestress on conical
bearings in hub 9) - ASC 70ASC 150
No.11 - ND080219 - Control (for checking prestress on conical
bearings in hub) - ASC 200/250

ND101777
No.12 - ND080148 - Installation (for lids 7, 8, 10 and vibrators)
ASC 110/150
No.12 - ND080203 - Installation (for lids 10, 11, 12 and vibrators) - ASC 200/250

ND080148
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

111

7. Drum removal
No.13 - ND090512 - Handling (clamp for installed of the drum
vertically) - ASC 70/90

ND090512
No.14 - ND081983 - Handling (for shaft of vibrators)
ASC 70/90

ND081983
No.15 - ND080297 - Installation (support for fixed excenter 1)
ASC 70/90
No 15 - ND080213 - Installation (support for fixed excenter 1)
ASC 110250

ND080297
No.16 - ND081205 - Handling (for fixed eccenter 1)

ASC 200/250

ND081205
112

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
No.17 - ND081213 - Handling (lifting for exciter shaft)
ASC200/250

ND081213
No.18 - ND080145 - Installation (for pressing and calibration
of bushing 8) - ASC 70150
No.18 - ND080202 - Installation (for pressing and calibration
of bushing 8) - ASC 200/250

ND080145
No.19 - ND080146 - Installation (for setting up position pin
12)

44

ASC 150250

160

ND080146
No.20 - ND080147 - Control (axial play of bearings 14)
ASC 70250

ND080147
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

113

114

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

8. Articulated joint

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

115

8.

Articulated joint

Description

ASC 70150 - The joint connecting the drum frame with the
rear frame is equipped with a large-size bearing 1 with cross
rollers allowing for the frame to swing in the vertical plane, and
two vertical pins 2 allowing for steering angle in the horizontal
plane.

2
ASC228
ASC 200/250 - The joint connecting the drum frame with the
rear frame is equipped with a large-size bearing 1 with cross
rollers allowing for the frame to swing in the vertical plane, and
one vertical pin 2 allowing for steering angle in the horizontal
plane.

ASC229

Specifications:
ASC 70/90

ASC 110/150

ASC 200/250

Frame swing in vertical plane max.

()

12

10

10

Steering angle in horizontal plane max.

()

36

36

36

Place the machine on firm ground, support the frame in front

using fixture no. 1

1
ASC230
116

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Support frame in the rear using fixture no. 2

2
ASC231
Remove shims 11.

11

ASC232
Using fixture no. 3 press out pins 10 out of the ends of pistons of
the linear hydraulic motor 1, rings 9, seal rings 21.

21
10
3

ASC233

Remove hose clamps on the drum frame

ASC232A
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

117

8.

Articulated joint

Remove clamping of hoses on the hinge and the rear frame

ASC234
Remove cover of vibration hydraulic motor.

ASC235
Remove vibration hydraulic motor, use fixture no. 4 for bottom
bolts

ASC236
Slide hydraulic motor from the drum, set aside.

ASC237
118

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
ASC 70150 - Suspend drum with the frame using fixture no.5.
For drum ASC 110/150 use two twin-hooks because of the
weight.

ASC238
ASC 200/250 - For the manner of suspension see Fig.

Max.
17200 kg
37,900 lb
No.6
No.7

ASC338
Remove bolts 40.

18

40
ASC239

Set aside the drum with front frame on the right side outside
the machine.

ASC240
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

119

8.

Articulated joint

Place fixture no.8 underneath.

8
ASC241

ASC339

Place hoist under frame plate 2. Remove bolts 38.

38
2

ASC242
Plate 2 aside.

2
ASC243
120

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Loosen bolts 37

37

ASC244
Place fixture no.9 under the upper bolt, suspend on crane using
fixture no.10.

Set bearing aside.

10

ASC245
Loosen nut 25.
Remove nut 25 using wrench no. 11.

11
ASC246
Remove clamps of the pin, press out the pins 12 using jack, see
Fig., or fixture no.12.

12

12
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC247
121

8.

Articulated joint

Using crane set hub assembly 3 aside.

ASC248
Remove lids 10, 11, and spacing pads 13.

11

10
13

ASC249

Press out bearings 24 using fixture no.13.

24

ASC250

122

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Fixtures
No.1 - ND084425 - Installation (front rack under the tractor
frame) - ASC 70250

ND084425
No.2 - ND080211 - Installation (rear rack under the tractor frame)
- ASC 70+250
No.2 - ND080324 - Installation (rear rack under the tractor frame)
- ASC 110/150

ND080211
No.3 - ND101782 - Installation (for pressing out pin 10 - hydr.
cylinder+joint) - ASC 70ASC 250

ND101782
No 4 - ND090605 - Installation (wrench for assembly of vibration
hydromotor) - ASC 70ASC 250

ND080605
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

123

8.

Articulated joint

No.5 - ND090503 - Handling (chain double-hook 5.6t for the

drum) ASC 70/90
No.5 - ND090586 - Handling (chain double-hook 8t for the
drum) ASC 110/150

ND090586
No.6 - ND090588 - Handling (chain four-hook for the drum)
ASC 200/250

ND090588
No.7 - D090589 - Handling (lifting eye - screw M36)
ASC 200/250

ND090589
No.8 - ND080088 - Installtion (support under frame with drum)
ASC 110250
No.8 - ND107453 -Installtion (support under frame with drum)
ASC 70/90

ND080088
124

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
No.9 - ND103875 - Handling (lifting eye for bearing 23)
70250

ASC

ND103875
No.10 - ND080148 - Handling (together with ND 103875 suspension eyelet) - ASC 70250

ND080148
No.11 - ND090610 - Installation (wrench for nut KM 11) ASC
70/90
No.11 - ND090610 - Installation (wrench for nut KM 14) ASC
110/150
No.11 - ND107334 - Installation (wrench for nut KM 20) ASC
200/250

ND090610
No.12 - ND107333 - Installation (pressing for pin 12) ASC 70/90
No.12 - ND103877 - Installation (pressing for pin 12)
ASC110250

ND101782
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

125

8.

Articulated joint

No.13 - ND090480 - Installation (for bearing pos.2499/ 81)

ASC 70/90
No.13 - ND090480 - Installation (for bearing pos.24129/ 105)
ASC 110/150
No.13 - ND090480 - Installation (for bearing pos.24198/ 180)
ASC 200/250

ND090480

126

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

9. Removal of pumps, cento clutch

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

127

9.

Removal of pumps, cento clutch

Lift the cabin using hydraulic lift, then use crane to unload the
piston of the lifting hydraulic motor using fixture no.1.

ASC252
Remove bolts 53.
Set rubber wall aside.

53

ASC253
Remove hose clamps.

ASC254
Disconnect wires to hydraulic generators.

ASC255
128

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Remove hoses from hydraulic generators.

ASC256

ASC257

ASC258

ASC259
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

129

9.

Removal of pumps, cento clutch

Plug outlets of hydraulic generators and hose ends.

ASC260

ASC261

ASC262
Suspend vibration hydraulic generator on the crane, remove
bolts connecting both hydraulic generators.

ASC263
130

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Slide out and set aside.

ASC264
Suspend travel hydraulic generator on the crane.

ASC265
Remove bolts 47, 56 off flange 12.

47
56

12

ASC266
Slide out of clutch 86.

86

ASC267
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

131

9.

Removal of pumps, cento clutch

Set hydro generator with flange aside.

ASC268
Remove bolts T1 of A segment.

A
T1

ASC269
Remove bolts T2, pull down the coupling segment 86 from the
hydraulic generator shaft, remove bolts T1 and segment B.

T1

B
T2

86
ASC270
Remove bolts 55, and flange 12.

55

12
ASC271
132

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Clutch

T1

Assembly clutch
Install A segments to the balance-wheel. Center the segments
using fixture No. 2. Lubricate T 1 bolts under the head with
grease, tighten them by means of the torque as given in the table. Check their position after tightening.

A
A

ASC272
Fix flange 12 on the flange of the travel hydraulic generator and
coupling 86 with B segments. Tighten T 2 bolts of coupling 86
by means of the torque as given in the table, see next page.

12
T1
T2
B

86
ASC270A
When installing coupling 86, define axial clearance between the
balance-wheel face and the elastic element of clutch. Measure
the distance a from the face of the balance-wheel box.

ASC273
Measure distance b from the elastic element face to the seating area of flange 12.

ASC274
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

133

9.

Removal of pumps, cento clutch

Difference in the distances a - b = 1 3 mm.

12
47, 71

b
a
ASC438

Colored (e. g. blue color) material is deposited on the thread of

the supplied countersunk hexagonal screws. Such material includes a film of adhesive and prevents its releasing. The time
of hardening of such adhesive material after screwing the bolts
is 4 5 hours at the ambient temperature of 20 C. The operation of the machine should not start before this time period
has elapsed. Full hardening is finished after 24 hours. At higher
temperatures the hardening can be faster, e. g. 15 minutes at 70
C (heating performed by a hot air fan). Temperature stability
of the bolts is between -80 +90 C (-112 +194 F) and they
can be used three times at maximum. The adhesive material is
sometimes wiped off and it is deposited between the head of
the bolt and the segment. This is not a defect, rather advantage
- both areas will adhere to each other better. If original supplied
bolts are not available, both the bored thread and bolt must be
carefully degreased and a layer of Loctite or Omnifit should be
applied to them.
Spring washers are not allowed!
The tandem of hydraulic generators including the connection of
hydraulic hoses and electrical wiring should be installed using a
crane in the opposite way.
Tightening torque
T 1 bolt 155 165 Nm
T 2 bolt 120 Nm

134

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Fixtures
No.1 - ND080078 - Handling (cabin support)

ND080078
No.2 - ND080155 - Assembly (for clutch)

ND080155

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

135

136

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

10. Steering cylinders

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

137

10.

Steering cylinders

Removal from the machine

Place the machine on firm flat ground. Set steering to its maximum turn and lift the cabin for easier access. Place a tray under the dismounted hydraulic motor. Disconnect hoses and plug them up. Remove shims 11 and bolts 16, and press out pins 10 from the ends
using fixture No.3. Push the piston rod in after the piston rod pin has been pressed out. Remove the linear hydraulic motor from the
machine using hoist, sliding it out through the rear frame opening towards the drum.

ASC440

Removal of linear hydraulic motor replacement

of seals
Place a receptacle under the hydraulic motor, plug openings.
Drill out safety pin from the face of the front lid 1 (bend lid 1
safety) depending on the type of the linear hydraulic motor. Using fixture wrench No. 5, 6 (depending on the type of the linear
hydraulic motor) remove lid 1, slide piston rod 2 with piston 3,
remove nut 4 and the piston. Slide lid 1.

6
2

ASC363
138

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Grease sliding faces, watch out for damage to sliding faces. Install parts with new seals after straightening out the seals. At
least 15 minutes should elapse between the installation of new
seals and the completion of assembly of the linear hydraulic motor. Use fixture No.2 for the installation of the piston rod with the
piston in the cylinder body. Tighten threaded joints with torque
specified in the table.

Asembly sealing material kits

Item No.

Description

Sealing

Collar

Scraping ring

Guiding band

Ring

Ring

4
ASC347

Note
The respective sealing material may be ordered as a kit from the
cylinder manufacturer specifying manufacturing number of the
equipment.

TIGHTENING TORQUE TABLE

ASC 70/90 - Hydraulic cylinder 80/40-400
Connection of piston rod

Connection of cylinder body, cover

Thread

Tighting torque Nm [ft lb]

Thread

Tighting torque Nm [ft lb]

M 30x2

130 [96]

M 85x1,5

180 [133]

ASC 110/150 - Hydraulic cylinder 90/45-400

Connection of piston rod

Connection of cylinder body, cover

Thread

Tighting torque Nm [ft lb]

Thread

Tighting torque Nm [ft lb]

M 32x2

140 [103]

M 95x1,5

200 [183]

ASC 200/250 - Hydraulic cylinder 110/55-400

Connection of piston rod

Connection of cylinder body, cover

Thread

Tighting torque Nm [ft lb]

Thread

Tighting torque Nm [ft lb]

M 42x3

180 [133]

M 115x2

220 [162]

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

139

10.

Steering cylinders

Fixtures
No.1`- ND101785 - Installation (wrench for removal of lid
of hydraulic cylinders 80/40) - ASC 70/90

ND101785
No.1 - ND107337 - Installation (wrench for removal of lid
of hydraulic cylinders 90/45) - ASC 110/150
No.1 - ND101328 - Installation (wrench for removal of lid
of hydraulic cylinders 110/55) - ASC 200/250

ND107337
No.2 - Assembly - ND101783 (for assembly of piston to hydr. cylinder)

ND101783
No.3 - Assembly - ND101782 (for pressing pin 10)

ND101782
140

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

11. Controls

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

141

11.

Controls

Travel control
The control may be fixed in position using adjustable clamp..
The travel control operates also as a service and parking brake.
The vibrator pushbutton is located in the lever to be available
for the interruption of vibrations any time.

ASC275
Disassembly and assembly of steering
Remove steering wheel cup 6, remove nut 21, insert fixture No.1
under the steering wheel, remove steering wheel using steering
wheel spanner, dismantle steering wheel bracket 1, slide it with
the steering rod 2 out from the steering column. Dismantle securing rings 30, 31, press shaft 2 out together with the bearing,
remove bearing 9 from the shaft.
Press the bearing on the shaft (the bearing shall be degreased
and fresh grease shall be applied, see table in Section D), secure
with locking ring 31, press into bracket 1, secure with locking
ring 30, mount it to the steering column, check that no clearance appears between bracket 1 and the steering column after
the shaft has been set in steering. Mount the steering wheel.

ASC442
Accelerator control removal and assembly
Disconnect the accelerator cable.
Valid for roller:

ASC 70/90 - engine T1, T2

ASC 110-150 - engine T1

ASC 200-250 - engine T1

ASC276
142

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Dismantle and lift the instrument panel, loosen nuts 22, remove
accelerator 8, bracket 3 and lid 13. When the cable is to be replaced, undo the clamp on the fuel injection pump lever. Grease
the new cable. Adjust clearance between lid 13 and the switch,
when reassembling the accelerator. Set the position of lid 13 for
the vibrator switch to engage at engine max. speeds.

1mm

22

Speed value (RPM)

ASC 70/ASC 90 Tier 1+2

2200+30

ASC 110/130 ASC Tier 1

2250+50

ASC 150 Tier 1

2250+30

ASC 200/ASC 250 Tier 1

2500+30

13

ASC277

Removing and reassembling travel control, brake adjustment

Remove bolts 1, the instrument panel with the control, cabling.
Remove bolts 2 and the controller. Unscrew the controller plastic cover, set the brake on the lever of the controller.

ASC278

Fixtures
no.1
Assembly - ND080755 (washer for disassembly of
steering wheel)

ND080755

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

143

144

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

12. The drivers station assembly

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

145

12. The drivers station assembly

Dismantling
Loosen nuts of the drivers station.

ASC279

ASC280
Fold the station using the lifting hydraulic motor.

ASC281
Disconnect the cable on the injection pump 3, drain partially
the cooling fluid, disconnect heater hoses 1, 2, electrical cables,
remove power steering assembly underneath the cabin, disconnect anchor chain, lower the cabin, hook up the hoist by the
eyelets on the cabin roof and lay it aside.

3
Assemble in reverse order, add cooling fluid.

146

ASC282
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Cabin
Disassembly of rear window wiper - remove cover 6 - , wiper,
nut on the shaft of wiper 1, bolts 9 see, clamps with the wiper
motor.

Tightening torque of the nut on the wiper arm

Thread

Torque [Nm]

M8

9 - 10

M 10

25

ASC283

ASC284
Removing the front wiper - remove bolts 75 of the upper cover
14.

75
14

75

ASC285

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

147

12. The drivers station assembly

Disconnect cables, remove nut of drive 1 and the drive. Disconnect cables, remove clamp 6 with fan 14.

14

2
1
ASC286

Remove nut of wiper 1, nut of drive shaft 2.

1
2

ASC287

Door locks
Remove lower cover 10.

10

ASC288
Remove nut 63, disconnect rods 64, 65, remove rod 64.

65

63

64
ASC289
148

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Remove flange 103, loosen bolts 75, remove handle with pushbutton and washers.

75
103

64
75

ASC290

Remove bolts 81, left and right lock 8, 9.

8
81

Assemble in reverse order. Set up the push-button and the lock

by adjusting nut 63.

ASC291

Seat
Fold control panel 1 on the right side of the seat, remove cover
2 below, disconnect cables, free and fold.

ASC292

The cover bellows, remove nuts, lift out the seat. Remove bolts
20, grid 8 on both sides.

8
20
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC293
149

150

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

13. Disassembly of heater

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

151

13. Disassembly of heater

Loosen pouring plug 33.

33

ASC294
Loosen drain valve on the radiator. Loosen pouring throat, drain
coolant - for alle rollers with engine T1

ASC295
-

for ASC 200/250 with engine T3

ASC110
-

for ASC 70/90

for ASC 110-150 with engine T3

ASC111
152

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Drain coolant into a ready container.

ASC112
Lift the cab.

ASC296
Remove heater cover.

ASC297
Disconnect air pipes, wiring, and remove heater cock from the
cabin frame.

ASC298
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

153

13. Disassembly of heater

Disconnect input and return heater hose.

ASC299

ASC300
Remove bolts that attach the return heater hose on the cover.

ASC301
Remove heating unit.

ASC303
154

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Remove heat exchanger.

Assembly reverse order. Fill up coolant level. Check watertight.

ASC304

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

155

13. Disassembly of heater

Air-conditioning

Data:

Heat is removed from evaporator 5 inside the cabin (low-pressure loop) and delivered on the condenser 2, located in front
of the engine radiator (high-pressure loop). Compressor 1 sucks
cooling vapors from the evaporator and presses them to condenser 2. There the cooling vapors are condensed and flow over
dehydrating filter 3 to heat expanding valve 4. Valve 4 sprays
liquid coolant to evaporator 5, where heat is absorbed from the
cabin, the liquid evaporates, and the vapors are sucked in to the
compressor.
Valid for machine with serial number to:
ASC 70/90

539/540

ASC 110

1004

ASC 130

53

ASC 150

643

ASC 200

85

Cooling power

[kW]

Voltage

[V]

24

Current

[A]

Volume of air in evaporator [m3/h] 400

Volume of air in condenser [m3/h] 900
Coolant

R 134a

Volume of coolant

[kg]

0,95

High-pressure protection

[MPa]

2,7

Low-pressure protection

[MPa]

0,2

1
2

282N093T

156

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Defects in air-conditioning system
Always call Service for repairs!
Defect

Causes

The unit
doesnt
cool

check compressor belt

check evaporator fan - NG - check fuses F7 in
the fuse box - see Drivers Manual
check coolant level in inspection hole of the dehydrator fi lter - leak (bubbles, fogging up, etc.)
check electromagnetic latch, wi th engine
running wi th A/C on - the latch doesnt react
(no click in compressor )
1. faulty fuse F7,
2. faulty thermostat,
3. faulty pressure fuse.

Replacing (tightening) the belt

17

Loosen bolts 16, 17 and belt 13 (remove) by swinging compressor 12 in (-) direction. Tighten using suitable lever by swinging
the compressor in (+) direction.

12

13
16

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

17

ASC439

157

13. Disassembly of heater

4
L
M

H
8

85

87

87
30

86
5

10

ASC441

- Compressor

- Condenser fan

- A/C fan

- Fan control

- Accumulator

- Relays

- Switch

- Thermostat

- Pressure fuse

10 - Compressor fuse

158

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Safety rules

During your work on the A/C system or near it use always

goggles and gloves.

First aid

Should the coolant get in your eyes, wash them with ample
quantity of water and seek medical help immediately

Should your skin come into contact with the coolant, wash
the affected spot with a large quantity of warm (not hot) water. Protect the burn with sterile gauze and seek out medical
help immediately

Should anyone be overcome by vapors from the coolant,

carry such person on fresh air, and if necessary, perform artificial respiration, and call for medical help.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

159

160

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

14. Electrical installation

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

161

14. Electrical installation

The electrical installations is valid for rollers with engine
B5.9 according to TIER I (It is also valid for the machine ASC
70/90 with engine Tier II)

51

50

50 - Fuse box
Fuses in the upper row see:
Fuse

(F1) -20 A

(upper fuse) front and rear lights, front

silhouette lights and rear limit lights,
auxiliary spotlights, instrument panel
illumination, raising and lowering the
hood and drivers station, license plate
illumination.

Fuse

(F2) -10 A

service light plug, cab illumination,

emergency horn, directional lights, beacon.

Fuse

(F3) -7,5 A

brake, engine STOP, drive, vibration,

brake lights, back-up horn, level of hydraulic oil indicator, vibration on indicator, brake indicator, neutral position of
drive control indicator.

Fuse

(F4) - 7,5 A

indicator of ATC differential lock

Fuse

(F5) - 5 A

coolant thermometer, hydraulic oil thermometer, fuel gauge, speedometer,

hour counter, indicator of engine lubrication, indicator of air filter clogging,
indicator of hydraulic filter clogging,
indicator of charging

Fuse

(F6) - 15 A

fan of ventilation, fan of heating, front

& rear windscreen wiper, windscreen
washer

Fuse

(F7) - 20 A

reserve (air conditioning)

Fuse

(F8)

reserve

Fuse

(F9) - 50 A

this fuse protects the electrohydraulical

unit of hood & cabin lifting.

282k0007

F9
Replace fuses with identically rated fuses only.

51 - Serial port ATC

162

ASC305

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
The electrical installations is valid for the machine ASC100
(with engine Tier I)
Fuse box
Fuse (F1) -15 A (upper fuse) headlights + rear lights,
instrument panel illumination,
Fuse (F2) -5 A

cab light, loud horn

Fuse (F3) -7,5 A brake, engine STOP,

Fuse (F4) -7,5 A travel, vibration, vibration switching
control lamp
Fuse (F5) - 5 A brake indicator lamp, engine lubrication
lamp, charge control lamp, hydraulic oil
filter fouling lamp, engine filter fouling
lamp, fuel minimum lamp, motohours
counter, engine overheating lamp,
hydraulics overheating lamp

Options: engine coolant thermometer,

hydraulic oil thermometer, fuel level indicator, tachometer (cancelled engine
overheating lamp, hydraulic oil lamp,
fuel minimum lamp)

Fuse (F6) -15 A ventilation fan and heater fan, front &
rear wipers, front & rear screen washers
Fuse (F7) -20 A reserved (air conditioner)
Fuse (F8)

reserved

Replace fuses with identically rated fuses only.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

163

14. Electrical installation

The electrical installations is valid for rollers with engine
QSB5.9 according to TIER II (Only for machine ASC 110 - ASC
250)

14

42 - Fuse box

15

20
25
RPM x 100
30

Fuses in the upper row see:

Fuse

(F1) -20 A

(upper fuse) front + rear lights, front

parking + rear lights, auxiliary headlights,
dashboard illumination, lifting and lowering of bonnet and drivers stand, license plate illumination.

Fuse

(F2) -10 A

Fuse

(F3) -7.5 A brake, brake signal lamp, brake lights,

magnets - transporting speed of wheels,
travel servo valve, vibration magnets,
vibration-on signal lamp, back horn, hydraulic oil level signal lamp, travel control neutral position signal lamp

Fuse

(F4) -10 A

ATC

Fuse

(F5) -15 A

fuel gauge, revolution counter, hourmeter, hydraulic oil thermometer, charging

signal lamp, air filter signal lamp, hydraulic oil level signal lamp, water in fuel signal lamp, maintenance signal lamp, stop
engine signal lamp, engine warning signal lamp.

Fuse

(F6) -15 A

ventilation fan, heating fan, front and

rear washers, front and rear wipers.

Fuse

(F7) -20 A

reserve (air conditioning)

Fuse

(F8) -20 A

reserve

Fuse

(F9) -50 A

Secures protection of electric pump

used for lifting and lowering of bonnet
and drivers stand. Replace the fuse with
a genuine one of the same rate 50 A.

10
35

41

1 20A
2 10A

ATC

3 7,5A
4 10A
5 15A
6 15A
7 20A

portable lamp connector, cabin illumination, horn, direction indicators, beacon.

41 - Serial port ASC

42

J1939

8 20A

282D007T

F9

14 - The plug ECM (electronic control module) of engine

ASC305

164

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Engine fuses
Fuses

F10 F12 /7.5 A

Power supply engine electronics

Fuse

F13 F14 /10 A

Power supply injection pump

Fuse

F15 - reserve

ASC306

F10

F11

F12

F13

F14
F15

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

165

14. Electrical installation

The electrical installations is valid for rollers with engine
QSB TIER III (Only for machine ASC 110 - ASC 250)

14

Fuse box 42
Fuse

Fuse
Fuse

(F1) -20 A

(F2) -10 A
(F3) -7.5 A

(upper fuse) front + rear lights, front

parking + rear lights, auxiliary headlights, dashboard illumination, lifting
and lowering of bonnet and drivers
stand, license plate illumination.
cabin illumination, horn, direction indicators, beacon.

15

20
25
RPM x 100
30

10
35

41

1 20A
2 10A

ATC

3 7,5A
4 10A
5 15A
6 15A
7 20A

brake, brake signal lamp, brake lights,

magnets - transporting speed of wheels,
vibration magnets, vibration-on signal
lamp, back horn, hydraulic oil level signal lamp, travel control neutral position
signal lamp

Fuse

(F4) -7.5 A

ATC (interaxle differential)

Fuse

(F5) -5 A

fuel gauge, revolution counter, hourmeter, hydraulic oil thermometer, charging

signal lamp, air filter signal lamp, stop
engine signal lamp, engine warning signal lamp, hydr. oil filter warning lamp,
WTS engine heating indicator lamp

Fuse

(F6) -15 A

ventilation fan, heating fan, front and

rear washers, front and rear wipers.

Fuse

(F7) -20 A

reserve (air conditioning)

Fuse

(F8) -20 A

engine diagnostics socket

42

J1939

8 20A

282D007T

Fuse (F9) - 50 A
Secures protection of electric pump used for lifting and lowering of bonnet and drivers stand.

F9

ASC305
Engine fuses
Fuse

(F10) - 125A

WTS engine heating

Fuse

(F11) - 30 A

engine electronics

Fuse

(F12)

F10

F11

F12

282N244T
166

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Replacement of the revolution counter
for engine Tier 1
If you want to replace the revolution counter, you must set and
calibrate it depending on revolutions of the engine used see
Table.

Switches 1, 2, 3 of the new revolution counter should be set according to and installed into the instrument panel including
the wiring.

282D0002
Start the engine and set maximum revolutions check it using
a stroboscope or with a multimeter (1) connected to the supply
line to the revolution counter.
Machine

engine

rpm

ASC 70 - ASC 90

B3.9-C99

2200+30

ASC 110

B5.9-C148

2250+50

ASC 150

B5.9-C148

2250+30

ASC 200 - ASC 250

B5.9-C200

2500+30

282D0006A
If the measured revolutions are different than those given in the
Table, set them to the value given in the Table using the stop (1)
on the adjusting screw of the fuel injection pump.

282D0001
Set the revolution counter using potentiometer A depending
on engine max. revolutions.
Set idle 850 RPM of the engine check it using a stroboscope
or multimeter.
Check idle RPM of the revolution counter. If the counter does
not show the measured value, the setting must be repeated.

A
282D0008
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

167

14. Electrical installation

Revolution counter replacement
for the engine Tier 2 QSB5.9-C155

ASC 110-ASC 150

for the engine Tier 3 QSB 5.9-C205

ASC 200-ASC 250

Switches 1, 2, 3 of the new revolution counter should be set according to and installed into the instrument panel including the
wiring.

282D0003
Switch off IDLE switch (15). Set, e. g., 2200 RPM using the revolution selector (8) and check whether the counter shows the corresponding RPM.

15
10

15

20

RPM x 100

ENGINE HOURS
00000001

25

IDLE

5
30

282D0005
If it is necessary, set it using potentiometer A.

A
282D0008
Switch on switch (15) engine idling, and check if the revolution
counter shows 850 RPM (the same for ASC 110 up to ASC 250).
If the counter does not show the value measured, the setting
must be repeated.
Note
The engine should be warmed to running temperature while
you are checking the revolution counter.

15

15
10

20

RPM x 100 25

ENGINE HOURS
00000001

IDLE

5
30

282D0004
168

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Replacement of the revolution counter
for engine Tier 2 B4.5-C99

(ASC 70-90)

Switches 1, 2, 3 of the new revolution counter should be set according to and installed into the instrument panel including
the wiring.
8

282D0002
Start the engine and set maximum and idle revolutions check
it using a stroboscope or with a multimeter connected to the
supply line to the revolution counter.
Machine
ASC 70-ASC 90

engine

Max. RPM

B4.5-C99

2200+30

Idle RPM 95020

282D0006A
If the measured revolutions are different adjust max. speed with
the bolt (1) and adjust idle speed with bolt (2) of the fuel injection pump.

282D0009
Set the revolution counter using potentiometer A depending
on engine max. and idle revolutions.

A
282D0008
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

169

14. Electrical installation

Battery connector is located on the left side under the cabin,
While working on electrical wiring, disconnect always the battery.

Electrical wiring location of elements

Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer

Float of the hydraulic tank

Socket of safety beacon

Switch of air filter clogging
Conector by wire of hood

Control unit-susmic

Starter
Switch of engine lubrication
Battery disconnector

Sensor of engine thermometer

Alternator

Switch of cabin+hood lifting

Fuel level sensor

Contactor

Pressure switch of brake

Sensor of longitudinal inclination

Servovalve of the pump of travel

Fuse 50 A

Electromagnetic valves of vibration

ASC444en

170

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

Sensor of drum speed

Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed

Electromagnetic valve of brake

Electromagnetic valve cab lifting

Electromagnetic valve hood lifting

Agregat of cabin & hood lifting

Elmagnetic valve of diferential lock-LH wheel
Elmagnetic valve of diferential lock-RH wheel

Electromagnetic valve hood lowering

Electromagnetic valve cabin lowering

Pressure switch of steering

Underpressure switch of hydrailic filter clogging

Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed-left wheel

Sensor of left wheel speed

Sensor of right wheel speed

Elemagnetic valve of fast trave speed-right wheel

Electromagnetic valve of engine STOP

ASC445en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

171

14. Electrical installation

Batteries

Indication of completed charging

Two batteries 12 D HD 135 are connected in series and located

to the rear of the frame.

Battery is considered fully charged when all cells bubble intensively and the electrolyte indicates density of 1.28 g/cu.cm. The
terminals read 15 to 16 V.

Handling

Full charge is checked after further two hours; values shouldnt

vary from initial readings. Battery is discharged when density
drops to 1.12 g/cu.cm.

Fill cells with sulfuric acid of specific density 1.28 g/cu. cm, 5-10
mm above the plates. Equalize the electrolyte and the battery to
15 20 C when filling.
Let the electrolyte soak in the plates for 20 minutes, in batteries
older than 6 months for 3 hours. Top possible level drop to 5 10
mm above plates. Charge the battery according to table.
The highest charging temperature is 40 C. If necessary, cool by
air flow or water bath, or lower charging current, or charge intermittently.
Currents lower than those indicated in the table are beneficial,
however, charging will be prolonged. Leave input openings uncovered. Check the level and density of the electrolyte when finished charging. If necessary, top the level and adjust density to
1.28 g/ cu.cm. Tighten the plugs after 2 hours of degassing, flush
the outside of the battery with water and clean dry.

Instantaneous charge rate is indicated in the following table:

Charge level in %

Electrolyte density in g/cu.cm

100

1,28

70

1,23

50

1,20

20

1,15

The values are correct for electrolyte temperature of 27 C. At

temperature lowers by 15 C the electrolyte density is higher by
0.01 g/cu.cm. When topping up the electrolyte, density readings
are correct after 10 to 30 minutes of charging, depending on the
current and the intensity of bubbling. The level may be raised
before charging up, to 5 to 10 mm above cell dividers.

Charging current table - example:

172

Type

Capacity

Charging

L100

100Ah

10A

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Maintenance during operation

Alternator

Correctly working charging circuit maintains the battery close

to full charge. The level of regulated voltage is between 27.6 and
28.4 V.

The alternator is the source of electrical power.

When the voltage level is adjusted to these values, the electrolyte level is checked every 3 months. In summertime, check once
a week. Battery overcharging is indicated by the electrolyte volume decrease. Insufficient charge affects the density of the electrolyte. Idle battery discharge is 1% of the capacity per day.
Battery is charged by current 0,1 overall capacity until fully
charged.
The batteries must be kept clean, properly fastened, the holder
must not deform the battery block.

A solid-state voltage regulator is part of the alternator, and

maintains the output voltage within specified limits independently of revolutions, load, and ambient temperature.
Regulated voltage varies on clamp +B.
Independent fan cools the assembly, and turns in the marked
direction.
The alternator must always work with the battery connected,
plus side to clamp +B. It is not allowed to disconnect the battery
while operating the equipment.

Idle batteries must be charged up after two months.

Short circuits must be avoided. The alternator must be disconnected during repairs to electrical installation and welding. During emergency starts, the auxiliary source may not be disconnected before the battery has been connected. The alternator
must not run idle with the conductor off clamp +B and clamp
+D on.

Safety rules

The burned out charge indicating bulb must be replaced immediately. Without the bulb excitation of the alternator is not
present.

Vaporization of the electrolyte forms a layer of sulfites on the

surface of metal pieces, which must be cleaned. Cleaned surfaces are to be protected by a light layer of Vaseline or oil.

While handling full batteries one must be very careful. Use

gloves and goggles.
Stained skin must be washed and neutralized by soap and soda.
During charging the electrolyte develops oxygen and hydrogen,
an explosive mixture. It is not allowed to handle open flame near
charging batteries. An explosion may occur if caused by a spark
resulting from disconnecting or loosening the clamp while the
charging current is present.
When removing the battery, disconnect minus cable first. It is
not allowed to disconnect the battery while the engine is running.

Note: During welding on the machine, the alternator cables off

clamps +B and +D as well as all devices containing semiconductors must be disconnected.

Visual inspection of mounted alternator

This inspection is for information only. A valid inspection must
be performed on a test bed under controlled load.
Correct operation depends on
--

intact electrical installation

--

good contacts on the clamps of the alternator, regulator,

and battery

--

sufficient tension of the drive belt force acting on the

shaft of the alternator may be only 800 N in the axis of
the belt drive.

A defect in the alternator or the regulator may cause the battery

to be either not fully charged or overcharged.
Normal inspection in the shop, when the assembly is not suspect of being faulty, involves the check of the regulating voltage
and/or the response of the control bulb to increased revolutions.
With a meter on terminal B+ the regulated voltage at average
revolutions must be within 27-28,2 V.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

173

14. Electrical installation

Inspecting defects of alternator - regulator

Voltage regulator

Checking the alternator-regulator set test conditions

This is an integrated voltage regulator. The exciter circuit to the

alternator is connected between terminals DF and D+ on the
regulator. The regulator 2 itself is connected to the brush holder
and the entire subassembly is attached to the alternator by two
bolts. It is wired by three soldered circuits (B-, DF, D+) and a cable terminated in tube 6, 3, which slides on connector +D of
the alternator. The regulator itself is not repairable.

--

Remove regulator subassembly with the carbon brushes

holder from the alternator and replace with a reliably
functioning subassembly.

Check regulated voltage on test bed.

Checking the alternator without the regulator test conditions.

Remove regulator subassembly with the carbon brushes

holder and replace with modified brush holder, which has
one terminal grounded to chassis. The other lead has a tube
for the connector, which is to be attached to terminal D+,
and continues for about 20 cm to terminal B+ for short-term
excitation.

Fasten the alternator to test bed with a voltmeter, an ampere-meter, a load resistor, an RPM meter, and a battery, see
Fig.

Turn the alternator at about 1500 revolutions per minute.

Excite the alternator with the end of the free lead from the
brushes and terminal D+ connected to terminal B+ for about
2 to 3 seconds.

Should the alternator fail to be excited, then it is defective.

Check the characteristic of the alternator.

If no defect can be found, check the regulator.

The cause may be found in a faulty connection between the
chassis of the alternator and the vehicle, eventually incorrect
ground connection of the battery.

W
A

B+

B-

REG.

401D285
174

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
List of possible defects
Signs of insufficient battery charging
Indicator of charging is
on during operation

Indicator not on after

ignition switched on

faulty regulator

replace regulator

faulty rotor - winding s/c to chassis

replace rotor

faulty stator

replace stator

faulty diode in the block

replace diode

loose solder joints on diode terminals or the stator

clean, resolder

faulty indicator bulb

replace bulb

faulty connection on terminal +D, or on battery terminals

clean contacts, tighten

faulty rotor - winding open

replace rotor

carbon loose in the holder

remove carbon, clean, or replace

fouled up collector rings

clean

Signs of overcharged battery

faulty ground in charging circuit

clean ground lugs, tighten regulator-alternator, battery-chassis, chassis-engine

faulty regulator

replace

faulty auxiliary diode

replace

Starter
Operation and maintenance

Good operation of the starter requires a proper and fully charged battery.

The starter has been designed for short-time operation. Starting may not last longer than 5 seconds.

When the engine starts, stop the starter. The pinion and the starter bearing may be damaged.

Input cables must have terminals fully tightened, insulation must be perfect.

The chassis of the starter is part of the electrical circuit. Maintain seating surface clean and protect it against corrosion.

If the starter doesnt operate, look for open leads between the battery and the starter, between the engine chassis and the starter,
or between chassis and the battery.

Check the crown-wheel teeth, the pinion, whether worn, and grease.

Every two years or while the engine is being repaired, remove the starter, check the commutator, springs of the brushes, and breaker contacts.

The brushes must touch the commutator by 3/4 of their surface area, and must move freely. Contact faces of the breaker must not
be burned and must touch fully.

Inspection of no-load run on the equipment

Test the starter in a position, when the pinion is not engaged in the crown-wheel teeth. With the starter circuit on the pinion must slide
out and rotate. Unloaded starter may be left on for no more than 10 seconds. Detailed procedure is described in the Section Informative Inspection of the starter. Measured values must correspond to the table.
Used current

Battery voltage

RPM when cold

max. 130 A

23 V

Min. 4000 ot/min

The value of RPM in the table is for information only. It is problematic to measure rpm by normally available shop tools it will not be
measured.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

175

14. Electrical installation

To find defects on the starter
Before starting work, check that voltage is present on terminals
30 and 50 (turn ignition key to start). An easy way to check
this is to turn the key and to observe, whether the intensity of
headlights decreases. This indicates the condition of batterystarter state.
Preliminary inspection of the uninstalled starter
Connect terminal 30 of the starter to a fully charged battery
and an ammeter with a large scale. By starting, current appears
on terminal 50. The no-load current shouldnt exceed 120 A
(the momentary peak value should be disregarded). The starter
must run quietly. The pinion must slide out smoothly and return
to original position. When the pinion slides out, it shouldnt
turn over the face of the ring. After the current is turned off, the
starter may run for another eight seconds only. Check on the
pressure and shape of carbon brushes. The brushes must touch
the commutator by 2/3 of their area and must move freely in
the holders. The ratchet must have a noticeable axial clearance,
up to 1.3 mm, when the pinion is turned in the direction of the
starter, the free wheel must turn freely. With experience it is sufficient for shop evaluation to test unloaded. It is, however, recommended to use a test bed.

50

30

401D286
176

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Starter defects and remedies
Defect

Cause

Remedy

Starter doesn't turn

Open lead to terminal ""30""

Repair lead

Open lead to terminal ""50""

Repair lead

Defective ignition box

Replace box

Carbonized contacts

Replace contacts or the entire lid together with

bridge contacts

Open winding in the starter contactor

Replace starter contactor

S/C in contactor (weak pull, heats up)

Replace starter contactor

The contactor ratchet hangs up

Loosen, clean, and lubricate

Damaged sliding mechanism

Replace, or repair

Pinion hangs up on the shaft

Repair, sometimes it is necessary to straighten

the shaft

Starter doesn't switch off,

remains on. Disconnect
battery immediately (terminal grounded to chassis)!

Defective ignition box

Replace ignition box

Carbonized contacts of starter contactor

Replace contacts together with the bridge contacts, or the entire contactor

Pinion seized on the shaft

Replace pinion bearing. Remove sharp edges on

the shaft, clean (check shaft eccentricity)

Starter doesn't slide pinion

to engage

damaged fly wheel crown

Repair crown or replace (find cause)

Pinion mills the fly wheel

Broken spring

Replace spring

Damaged pinion teeth

Replace pinion (find cause)

Starter engages pinion (audibly), but engine doesn't

turn

Battery discharged

Charge battery

Damaged free wheel - slippage (broken bushing)

Replace

Burnt contacts of the starter contactor

Replace

Starter runs freely

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

177

14. Electrical installation

Defect

Cause

Remedy

Starter unreliable. Low

output

Discharged battery

Charge battery

Soiled or loose contacts in cables (transient

resistance)

Clean, tighten thoroughly

Battery defective (usually gradual deterioration

in starting)

Repair defects in battery

Damaged carbon brushes

Replace brushes (concomitant repair of commutator)

Soiled and burned commutator (solder)

Clean with gasoline or alcohol. If the commutator is burned or mica showing between
plates (strong sparking), disassemble starter
and machine commutator. Mill out insulation,
polish commutator. If necessary, resolder and/or
replace ratchet.

Broken or weak springs of brushes

Replace spring

S/C armature

Replace armature

Open exciting coil

Replace particular pair of coils

Starter contactor defective (transient resistance)

Replace ignition box

Open exciting winding of stator on the terminal

of starter contactor

Resolder terminal

Starter loose in flange

Tighten bolts

Armature loose (seized bearings)

Repair

Mechanical defect - miscellaneous

Repair defects

Starter noisy

Starter gets very hot, low

power

178

Broken lid (very noisy)

Repair, replace lid

S/C in the exciter circuit

Repair short or replace particular pair of coils

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

15. Removal of rops frame

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

179

15.

180

Removal of rops frame

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Suspend ROPS on crane using hooks.

ASC309
Loosen bolts 6 (M2480), set ROPS aside.

ASC310

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

181

182

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

16. Assembly of segments

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

183

16.

Assembly of segments

Place the machine on a firm and flat ground.

ASC311
Suspend the front scraper with clamps for smooth drums on the
crane.

ASC312
Remove scarper bolts 9.

ASC313

184

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Lower the scraper to ground and set aside.

ASC314

ASC315
Follow same procedure for removal of the rear scraper.

ASC316
Remove plugs 5 in the drum frame.

ASC317
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

185

16.

Assembly of segments

Clean thoroughly the surface of the drum.

ASC318
Suspend the first segment behind the opening in the lug.

ASC319
Place it on the drum.

ASC320

186

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Fasten with four clamps (two on each side). Before tightening
even up segment edges with the edge of the drum.

ASC321

ASC322
Drive slowly forward for about 1.6 meters (5.25 ft), while checking the clamps so that they wouldnt interfere with the drum
frame.

Connect segments using material 12, 16, and 21.

26 (1.

Situate the second segment to create a space of about 26 mm

(1,02 in) between the segments.

02)

ASC320

ASC352
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

187

16.

Assembly of segments

Move forward again, set up the third segment and proceed as

before with the second segment.
Tighten bolts, move the machine so that the segments would
settle down on the drum, check bolts, tighten fully with torque
see chapter 24.

ASC353
The second nut is a thread protection only. It must overhung the
cud of the bolt. Distribute overhung evenly on all bolts on the
cizamference of the drum. /Overhung 6 mm (0,24 in).

6 (0.24in)

282b0004
Install segment scrapers supplied with the segments on the
front beam and the rear crossbeam of the drum frame. Adjust
gap between scraper and the drum to 30 mm. You may use for
installation also previously removed bolts and pads. Tighten
with torque - see chapter 24.

ASC354

ASC355
188

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

17. Disassembly of wheel

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

189

17. Demont kola

Hoist the rear frame of the machine, insert supports no. 1.

ASC356

Remove bolts and washers pos. 12 and 15.

16

12
ASC357

Remove tire with the disk, set aside, to use of fixture no. 2.

ASC358
Install tire with the disk supplied in the set with the tamping
drum. Tighten with torque - see chapter 24.

ASC359
190

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Fixtures
No.1 - ND080211 - Assembly (rear support for truck frame)
ASC 70/90, ASC 200/ 250

No.1 - ND0800324 - Assembly (rear support for truck frame)

ASC 110/150
No.2 - ND107325 - Handling (for removal of the wheel)
ASC 70/90
No.2 - ND080533 - Handling (for removal of the wheel)
ASC 110/150
No.2 - ND107324 - Handling (for removal of the wheel)
ASC 200/250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC360

191

192

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

18. Removal of hydraulic

motors

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

193

18.

Removal of hydraulic motors

Removal of hood hydraulic motors

Lift the hood, support by fixture no.1 in lifted position.
Disconnect electrical wiring.

ASC101

ASC102
Press out pins 1, 4 from piston ends in lifting hydraulic motors,
secure by fixture no. 2.

1 4

ASC103A
194

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Install fixture no. 3, lower the hood, support.

ASC104
Remove hinges.

ASC105
Attach hooks of fixture no. 3.

ASC106

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

195

18.

Removal of hydraulic motors

Set hood aside using fixture no. 3.

ASC107

ASC108
Place a receptacle underneath the disassembled hydraulic motor 11. Disconnect hoses, plug. Remove shims, press out pins
4 from piston ends. Using lifting hydraulic motor remove from
equipment, remove hydraulic lock 17.

11

11

17

17
7

ASC361

Removal of cabin hydraulic motor from equipment

Lift cabin, support using fixture No. 4, place receptacle under
the hydraulic motor, press piston rod in the cylinder, remove hydraulic motor with bracket 1 from the equipment, press out pin
4, remove hydraulic lock 3.

1
ASC362
196

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Removal of linear hydraulic motor replacement
of seals
Place a receptacle under the hydraulic motor, plug openings.
Drill out safety pin from the face of the front lid 1 (bend lid 1
safety) depending on the type of the linear hydraulic motor. Using fixture wrench No. 5, 6 (depending on the type of the linear
hydraulic motor) remove lid 1, slide piston rod 2 with piston 3,
remove nut 4 and the piston. Slide lid 1.

ASC363
Replace seals after soaking seals in oil.
Item No.

Description

Sealing

Collar

Scraping ring

Guiding band

Ring

Rin

4
ASC347

Assembly of the linear hydraulic motor

Sliding surfaces should be lubricated observe that the surface
of the piston rod is not damaged. New seals should be straightened out. Wait at least 15 minutes before complete assembly
of the hydraulic motor after new seals have been installed. For
assembly of piston rod with the piston in the cylinder use fixture
No. 7. Threads to be tightened with torque according in table
Tightening torque
linear hydraulic motor 25/18

linear hydraulic motor 40/22

Lid connection to cylinder

Piston rod, nut

Lid connection to cylinder

Piston rod 4, nut 8

Thread

Tightening
torque

Thread

Tightening
torque

Thread

Tightening
torque

Thread

Tightening
torque

M45x1,5

160 Nm
(118 ft lb)

M 16x1

50 Nm
(37 ft lb)

M30x1,5

120 Nm
(89 ft-lb)

M 12x1,5

40 Nm
(30 ft lb)

Note
Proper seal sets for the linear hydraulic motor may be ordered
from the equipment manufacturer indicating the S/N of the
equipment.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

197

18.

Removal of hydraulic motors

Fixtures
No. 1 - ND080080 - Assembly (hood support)

ND080080
No. 2 - ND080220 - Assembly (securing the bonnet lifting cylinders)

ND080220
No. 3 - ND101778 - Handling (lifting eyes for assembly of bonnet)

ND101778
No. 4 - ND080078 - Handling (cabin support)

ND080078
198

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
No. 5 - Assembly - ND107335 (spanner for disassembly of cover
1)

ND107335
No. 6 - Assembly - ND107337 (spanner for disassembly of cover
1)

ND107337
No. 7 - Assembly - ND101783 (for installation of piston to hydraulic cylinder)

ND101783

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

199

200

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

19. Replacing pressure filter

of hydraulics

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

201

19.

Replacing pressure filter of hydraulics

Loosen filter body using wrench 27.

ASC367
The place of hydraulic filter for the roller manufactured since
2007 year:

from serial number

ASC 70

444

ASC 90

127

ASC 110

555

ASC 150

430

282N244TA
Unscrew and remove the cover. Drain oil in a can.

ASC368

ASC369
202

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Remove filter cartridge 17 see catalogue of spare parts replace.
Check condition of sealing rings, smear rings with oil. Tighten
cover after filter replacement with torque 40 Nm.

17

ASC370

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

203

204

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

20. Filling hydraulic oil

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

205

20. Filling hydraulic oil

206

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Remove cover of the quick coupler on the filling throat.

ASC371
Insert hose from the filling pump.

ASC372
Submerge filling hose into the oilcan, and add oil to prescribed
level.

ASC373

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

207

208

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

21. Disassembly of level gauge

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

209

21. Disassembly of level gauge

210

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Remove cover of hydraulic tank.

ASC118
Remove cover of level gauge.

ASC374
Loosen bolts attaching the level gauge.

ASC375
Disconnect and remove wiring.

ASC376
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

211

212

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

22. Disassembly of the floater

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

213

22. Disassembly of the floater

214

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Loosen clamp on the cover of the floater, tilt cover.

ASC377
Disconnect wiring.

ASC378
Loosen connecting bolts.

ASC379
Remove floater.

ASC380
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

215

216

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

23. Electrical schemata

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

217

23. Electrical schemata

The electric installation consists of two accumulator batteries,
an alternator and other control and indicating devices. Operation voltage is 24 V. The minus pole of the accu-batteries is
connected to the machine frame through a disconnecter. The
disconnecter connects or disconnects supplying of the machine
electric system.
In addition to the basic car-electricity of the machine, there are
used electronic elements, some circuits are protected by diodes,
and some instruments include e.g. thyristors.
A hydraulic lock (ATC) is controlled by a control unit (SUSMIK) located below the instrument panel. Therefore welding works are
prohibited on the machine, without disconnecting all sensitive
parts from the power supply and/or their dismantling, if possible, in advance. For example, data inside the SUSMIK equipment
can be erased by welding close to it.

218

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
WIRING SCHEME - rollers with engine TIER I (2-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock)
Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements and accessories in road version)
A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (optional)
A2 - Brake timer
A3 - Travel control
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock (optional)
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination (optional)
B1 - Sensor of engine oil thermometer
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer
B3 - Fuel level sensor
E1 - Instruments illumination
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional)
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional)
E6, 7 - Front headlights
E8, 9 - Rear headlights
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional)
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional)
E14 - Cabin illumination
E15 - Safety beacon (optional)
E16,17 - Brake lamps
E18 - Car make lighting
E19,20 - Front auxiliary headlamp
F1-7 - Fuses
G1,2 - Batteries
G3 - Alternator
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (optional)
H2 - Horn
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional)
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the travel control
H6 - Indicator of brake
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection
H9 - Indicator of engine lubrication
H10 - Indicator of charging
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging
K1 - Contactor
K2-8 - Auxiliary relay
M1 - Starter
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting system
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation
M4 - Front windscreen wiper
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper
M6 - Front windscreen washer
M7 - Rear windscreen washer
M8 - Fan of heating
P1 - Engine thermometer
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer
P3 - Fuel gauge
P4 - Speedometer
P5 - Hour counter
Q1 - Battery disconnector
R1,2 - Resistors
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system
S3 - Switch box

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

S4 - Switch of front headlights

S5 - Switch of rear headlights
S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional)
S7 - Change-over switch of direction lights (optional)
S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional)
S9 - Push button of horn
S10 - Position switch of seat panel opening
S11 - Push button of emergency brake
S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (optional)
S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel control)
S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
S15 - Pressure switch of steering
S16 - Switch - fast travel
S17 - Switch - speed preselector
S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel control)
S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
S21 - Pressure switch of brake
S22 - Switch of differential lock (optional)
S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (optional)
S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (optional)
S26 - Pressure switch of engine lubrication
S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter clogging
S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic filter clogging
S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heating
S35 - Parking brake push button
S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the drum
V1-5 - Blocking diode
X1 - Hand lamp socket
X2-24 - Connectors
X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
X27 - Socket of safety beacon
X28 - Connector
Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lowering
Y5 - Electromagnetic valve of engine STOP
Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (left wheel)
Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (drum)
Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration II.
Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - LH wheel
(opt.)
Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - RH wheel (optional)
Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (right wheel)

219

23. Electrical schemata

G1

G2

F7

30

50

X3:2

27

X23:1

8
1

X3:3

27

Y4

K1

X23:2

S2

Y3

31

50

D+

B+

S1 50A

Y2

G3

B-

Y1

31

30

12V

M2
V3

M1
+

12V

Q1

E3

30

X29:3

F1

E1

E5
X18:1

E6

15/54

50a

E4

E18

S3

X3:1

X6:1

X2

X3:4

E2

S4

6
8
1
9

X3:5
X29:1,2

20A

2
3
10

E7
E8

X18:2

X3:6

1
9

X10:2 X9:2

1
9

E9
E19
E20

X9:7

X29:4

E11 X18:3

X3:7

E12 X18:4
E13

E14

5
10

S34

5
10

X10:5

F2

X9:5

10A

X1

E10

X10:7

S5

H1

X3:8

S7

X29:5

S6

2
8

A1

6 49a
1
5
10

49

31

X29:7,8

E15 X27
H2

X5:5
X3:9

H3

X18:5

X3:10

5
1

X11:1

X18:6,7

K2

X19:2
1

E16
X18:8

S35

X5:7

H6
V1

S16

X14:7
5

K7

A2
X12:5X14:5 A3
A4

X11:7

X7:1

X8:2

S17
A1

3
1

X11:11 X8:3

S20
M

X8:4

X13:6
X11:6

S19

X13:5

X11:5

H7

B
C

220

X12:4X14:4

R2

X12:7
5

X4:8 7

X5:1

R1
330R

S18

X14:3 X12:3

470R

X14:6

10 X13:11 X11:11
5

X12:6

S21

K6

9
1
8
2

Y10

2
5

X12:2 X14:2

2
3

X14:1

X4:5

X4:7

1
5

X11:4

Y14

Y9

K5

H5

V2

X4:4

Y7

3
2

1
3

X4:3

K4

X12:8

S15

STOP UB INP
OUT GND

X4:2

5
1

A2

Y6

X13:3

NC C

S10 X11:2
NC COM

X14:8

E17

S13
1
3

X4:1

X13:2

X11:3

H4

S11

X13:4

Y5 X19:1

X19:4

2
5

F3

K3

X3:11

5
10

7,5A

NO C

S14

S9

3
2

S12

X13:1

S8

1
9

282ES01F

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

X20:2

23

Y11

Y12

S23

25

X20:5

32

X21:2

X21:3

X21:4

X21:5

S24

X5:2 X11:8 X13:8

X5:3 X11:9 X13:9

A3

5 X13:11

B2

X6:3

X6:5

P2

P3

X6:7

H9

S27

X6:8

H11

S28

X6:9

H12

P4
3

H10

S26

B3

P1

X6:2

X11:11

B1

X22:1

Y13

X24:1

X22:2

X22:3

X21:11

19

X24:2

31

X13:10

S25

13

X24:3

X21:10

21

14

10A

18

X21:9
3

10

X21:8

20

-5V

+5V

X21:7

S22

16

X21:6
4

2
40

X25

X21:1

F4

28,42

9
5
3
2

27

A4

A5

X20:3

X20:4

26

+24V

X20:1

-24V

X5:4

15,29

X4:6 X7:2

B
C

Y8

P5

M3
M
X15:1

M4

S29

B2
B3
B4

A1

X10:6 X9:6

F5
15A

X15:4

X15:2

S30
5

X16:2

X16:3

M M

M8

X6:10

M5

X16:4

X16:1

M6

X17:1

M7

X17:2

S31
5

S32

7
1

5
1

S33
3

X6:11

F6
20A

282ES02F

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

221

23. Electrical schemata

6
2

S16

X12:2 X14:2

9
7
1

10

Connection of solenoid Y7, Y8 inter- wheel differential lock, without control unit A4

X5:4
FAST TRAVEL -DRUM

Y8

Y14
FAST TRAVEL-RIGHT WHEEL

FAST TRAVEL-LEFT WHEEL

Y7

X4:5

X4:6 X7:2

X7:1

282ES03en

222

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

223

23. Electrical schemata

WIRING SCHEME - rollers with engine TIER I (2-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock)
Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements and accessories)
A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (optional)
A2 - Brake timer
A3 - Travel control
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock (optional)
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination (optional)
B1 - Sensor of engine oil thermometer
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer
B3 - Fuel level sensor
E1 - Instruments illumination
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional)
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional)
E6, 7 - Front headlights
E8, 9 - Rear headlights
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional)
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional)
E14 - Cabin illumination
E15 - Safety beacon (optional)
F1-7 - Fuses
G1,2 - Batteries
G3 - Alternator
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (optional)
H2 - Horn
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional)
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the travel control
H6 - Indicator of brake
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection
H9 - Indicator of engine lubrication
H10 - Indicator of charging
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging
K1 - Contactor
K2-8 - Auxiliary relay
M1 - Starter
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting system
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation
M4 - Front windscreen wiper
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper
M6 - Front windscreen washer
M7 - Rear windscreen washer
M8 - Fan of heating
P1 - Engine thermometer
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer
P3 - Fuel gauge
P4 - Speedometer
P5 - Hour counter
Q1 - Battery disconnector
R1,2 - Resistors
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system
S3 - Switch box
S4 - Switch of front headlights

224

S5 - Switch of rear headlights

S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional)
S7 - Change-over switch of direction lights (optional)
S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional)
S9 - Push button of horn
S10 - Position switch of seat panel opening
S11 - Push button of emergency brake
S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (optional)
S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel control)
S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
S15 - Pressure switch of steering
S16 - Switch - fast travel
S17 - Switch - speed preselector
S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel control)
S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
S21 - Pressure switch of brake
S22 - Switch of differential lock (optional)
S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (optional)
S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (optional)
S26 - Pressure switch of engine lubrication
S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter clogging
S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic filter clogging
S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heating
S35 - Parking brake push button
S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the drum
V1-5 - Blocking diode
X1 - Hand lamp socket
X2-24 - Connectors
X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
X27 - Socket of safety beacon
Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lowering
Y5 - Electromagnetic valve of engine STOP
Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (left wheel)
Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (drum)
Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration II.
Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - LH wheel (optional)
Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - RH wheel (optional)
Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (right wheel)

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

G1
-

G2

+ -

12V

12V

M2
50

Y2

K1

27

X3:2

X23:1

8
1

X3:3

27

Y4

31

50

D+

X23:2

S2

Y3

B+

50A

S1

G3

B-

F7

30

Y1

V3

31

M1
30

Q1

30

X10:1 X9:1

E5

F1

E1
X18:1

15/54

50a

E4

E6

S3

X3:1

X6:1

X2

X3:4

E2
E3

S4

6
8
1
9

X3:5
X10:2 X9:2

20A

2
3
10

E7

E8

X18:2

X3:6

X9:7

E10

X10:3

E11 X18:3

X3:7

E12 X18:4

X3:8

E13

S5

1
9

E9

X10:7

E14

5
10

X10:5

F2

X9:5

10 A

X9:3

X1
H1

S7

2
8

X10:4 X9:4

S6
6
1
5

A1

49a

49

31

10

X25:7,8

E15 X27

H2

X5:5
X3:9

H3

X18:5

X3:10

5
1

X11:1

X18:6,7

K2

S11

S13

X4:1

X19:2

S35
5

X13:3

NC C

1
3

S10

X11:2

NC COM
X11:3

Y5 X19:1

X13:2

X13:4

X19:4

2
5

H4

F3

K3

X3:11

5
10

7,5A

NO C

S14

S9

3
2

S12

X13:1

S8

1
9

5
1

K4

3
2

K5

H5
X14:8

1
5

2
3

H6
X11:4

S18
5

K7

A2
X12:5X14:5 A3
A4

X7:1

X11:7
X8:2
X11:11 X8:3

S17
A1

3
1

X5:1

X12:4X14:4

R2

X12:7
5

X4:8 7

S21

R1
330R
X14:7

X14:3 X12:3

470R
X14:6

10 X13:11 X11:11
5

X12:6

X4:7

K6
4

S16

1
8
2

Y10

2
5

X14:1

X12:2 X14:2

X4:5

Y14

Y9

1
3

V1

V2

X4:4

Y7

X12:8

X4:3

GND

S15

A2
OUT

X4:2

STOP UB INP

Y6

S20
M

X8:4

X13:6
X11:6

S19

X13:5

X11:5

H7

B
C

282es01c

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

225

23. Electrical schemata

X20:2

23

X20:3

27

X20:4

25

X20:5

32

Y11

Y12

S23

X21:2

X21:3

X21:4

X21:5

S24

X21:7

X21:8

X22:3

X22:2

X21:11

X11:8 X13:8

X11:9 X13:9

A3

X22:1

X5:2
X5:3

X24:1

3
5 X13:11 X11:11

B2

X6:3

X6:5

P2

P3

X6:7

H9

S27

X6:8

H11

S28

X6:9

H12

P4
3

H10

S26

B3

P1

X6:2

B1

X24:2

X21:10

X24:3

13

14

Y13

21

19

-5V

10A

+5V

S25

10

31

X13:10

18

X21:9

16

X21:6
4

S22

20

X21:1

2
40

9
5
3
2

F4

28,42

X25

A4

A5

26

+24V

X20:1

-24V

X5:4

15,29

X4:6 X7:2

B
C

E
F

Y8

P5
-

Z
M3
M
X15:1

M4

S29

B2
B3
B4

A1

X10:6 X9:6

F5
15A

S30

X15:4

X15:2

X16:2

X16:3

M M

M8

X6:10

M5

S31

X16:4

X16:1

M6

X17:1

M7

X17:2

S32

7
1

5
1

S33
3

X6:11

F6
20A

282ES02C

226

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

6
2

S16

X12:2 X14:2

9
7
1

10

Connection of solenoid Y7, Y8 inter- wheel differential lock, without control unit A4

X5:4
FAST TRAVEL -DRUM

Y8

Y14
FAST TRAVEL-RIGHT WHEEL

FAST TRAVEL-LEFT WHEEL

Y7

X4:5

X4:6 X7:2

X7:1

282ES03en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

227

23. Electrical schemata

WIRING SCHEME - rollers with engine TIER I (4-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock) Also valid for ASC 70-90 with engine B4.599 TIER II
Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements and accessories in road version)
A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (optional)
A2 - Brake timer
A3 - Travel control
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock (optional)
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination (optional)
B1 - Sensor of engine oil thermometer
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer
B3 - Fuel level sensor
E1 - Instruments illumination
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional)
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional)
E6, 7 - Front headlights
E8, 9 - Rear headlights
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional)
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional)
E14 - Cabin illumination
E15 - Safety beacon (optional)
E16,17 - Brake lamps
E18 - Car make lighting
E19,20 - Front auxiliary headlamp
F1-9 - Fuses
G1,2 - Batteries
G3 - Alternator
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (optional)
H2 - Horn
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional)
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the travel control
H6 - Indicator of brake
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection
H9 - Indicator of engine lubrication
H10 - Indicator of charging
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging
H13 - Indicator of differential lock (ATC)
K1 - Contactor
K2-8 - Auxiliary relay
M1 - Starter
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting system
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation
M4 - Front windscreen wiper
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper
M6 - Front windscreen washer
M7 - Rear windscreen washer
M8 - Fan of heating
P1 - Engine thermometer
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer
P3 - Fuel gauge
P4 - Speedometer
P5 - Hour counter
Q1 - Battery disconnector
R1,2 - Resistors
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system
S3 - Switch box
S4 - Switch of front headlights
S5 - Switch of rear headlights

228

S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional)

S7 - Change-over switch of direction lights (optional)
S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional)
S9 - Push button of horn
S10 - Position switch of seat panel opening
S11 - Push button of emergency brake
S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (optional)
S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel control)
S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
S15 - Pressure switch of steering
S16 - Switch - fast travel
S17 - Switch - speed preselector
S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel control)
S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
S21 - Pressure switch of brake
S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (optional)
S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (optional)
S26 - Pressure switch of engine lubrication
S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter clogging
S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic filter clogging
S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heating
S35 - Parking brake push button
S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the drum
V1,2,4,5 - Blocking diode
V3 - Blocking diode (only machine with signalling of sound lift
cabin)
X1 - Hand lamp socket
X2-24 - Connectors
X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
X27 - Socket of safety beacon
Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lowering
Y5 - Electromagnetic valve of engine STOP
Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (left wheel)
Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (drum)
Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration II.
Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - LH wheel
backward(opt.)
Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - LH wheel forward (opt.)
Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (right wheel)
Y15 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - RH wheel forward (opt.)
Y16 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - RH wheel backward (opt.)

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

G1

G2

12V

50

Y4

X3:2

X23:1

27

X3:3

8
1

X23:2

S2

Y3

K1

27

Y2

31

50

D+

B+

50A

S1

G3

B-

F7

30

Y1

V3

30

12V

M2
31

M1
+

Q1

30

X29:3

F1

E1

E5
X18:1

E6

15/54

50a

E4

E18

S3

X3:1

X6:1

E3

X2

X3:4

E2

S4

6
8
1
9

X3:5
X29:1,2

20A

2
3
10

E7
E8

X18:2

X3:6

1
9

X10:2 X9:2

1
9

E9
E19
E20

X9:7

E10

E12

E14

5
10

S34

5
10

X10:5

F2

X9:5

10A

X29:4
X18:3
X18:4

E13

X3:7

X1

E11

X10:7

S5

H1

X3:8

S7

X29:5

S6

2
8

A1

6 49a
1
5
10

49

31

X29:7,8

E15 X27
H2

X5:2
X3:9

H3

X18:5

X3:10

X18:6,7

K2

5
1

X11:1

S11

X4:1

X19:2
1

E16
X18:8

S35
5

X5:3

H6
V1

S16

2
X11:7
X8:2
X11:8 X8:3

X5:1

X12:4 X14:4

R2

A2
X12:5 X14:5 A3
A4

S17
A1

X12:7

S18

X4:8 7

X14:3 X12:3

R1
330R
X14:7

X4:7

X11:8

470R

X14:6

10 X13:8
5

X12:6

S21

K6

9
1
8
2

2
5

X12:2 X14:2

X14:1

X4:5

Y10

2
3

X11:4

Y14

Y9

1
5

V2

X4:4

Y7

3
2

1
3

X4:3

K4

X12:8

S15

STOP UB INP
OUT GND

X4:2

5
1

A2

Y6

X11:2

K5

H5
X14:8

E17

NC C

1
3

S10

NC COM

X13:3
X11:3

X19:4

X13:2

S13
X13:4

Y5 X19:1

2
5

H4

F3

K3

X3:11

5
10

7,5A

NO C

S14

S9

S8

3
2

S12

X13:1

1
9

K7

3
1

S20
M

X8:4

X13:6
X11:6

S19

X13:5

X11:5

H7

B
C

282E001F

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

229

23. Electrical schemata

X20:2

23

26

Y11

X20:1

+24V

-24V

X5:4

15,29

X4:6

Y8

28,42

F4

7,5A

H13

40

41

X20:3

Y15

X20:7

24

X20:4

25

X20:8

27

X20:5

32

Y16
A5

S23

X21:1

X21:2

X31:3

X21:4

X21:5

20

X21:6
3

S24

X21:7

X21:8

13
31

X24:1

X24:2

X21:11
X24:3

X21:10

-5V 1

17

+5V 14

S25

21

18

X21:9
3

X25

16

9
5
3
2

A4

Y12

X7:1
6

A3

X22:1

X7:3

X22:2
3
X7:4

X6:2

X11:8
S

B1

X7:2

X22:3

Y13

B3

X6:5

P3

X6:7

H9

S27

X6:8

H11

S28

X6:9

H12

P4
3

H10

S26

5A

P2

X6:3

B2

F5

P1

P5

Z
M3
M
X15:1

M4

S29

5
1

X10:6 X9:6

F6
15A

S30

X15:4

X15:2

X16:2

X16:3

M M

M8

X6:10

M
X6:11

M5

S31

X16:4

X16:1

M6

X17:1

M7

X17:2

S32

7
1
5
1

S33

F7
20A

F8

282E002F

230

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

10
9

X5:4

X4:6

S18/5

Y8

Y14

Y7

X4:5

V4

V5

X12:2

X14:2

K8

S36
1

K7/5

F3/OUTPUT

S16/1,9

iVviiV>}iV>i9]9{]9n
>iii`vii>VV
{

282E0005

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

231

23. Electrical schemata

WIRING SCHEME - rollers with engine TIER I (4-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock) Also valid for ASC 70-90 with engine B4.599 TIER II
Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements and accessories) - CASE
A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (optional)
A2 - Brake timer
A3 - Travel control
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock (optional)
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination (optional)
B1 - Sensor of engine oil thermometer
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer
B3 - Fuel level sensor
E1 - Instruments illumination
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional)
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional)
E6, 7 - Front headlights
E8, 9 - Rear headlights
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional)
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional)
E14 - Cabin illumination
E15 - Safety beacon (optional)
F1-9 - Fuses
G1,2 - Batteries
G3 - Alternator
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (optional)
H2 - Horn
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional)
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the travel control
H6 - Indicator of brake
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection
H9 - Indicator of engine lubrication
H10 - Indicator of charging
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging
H13 - Indicator of differential lock (ASC)
K1 - Contactor
K2-8 - Auxiliary relay
M1 - Starter
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting system
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation
M4 - Front windscreen wiper
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper
M6 - Front windscreen washer
M7 - Rear windscreen washer
M8 - Fan of heating
P1 - Engine thermometer
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer
P3 - Fuel gauge
P4 - Speedometer
P5 - Hour counter
Q1 - Battery disconnector
R1,2 - Resistors
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system
S3 - Switch box
S4 - Switch of front headlights
S5 - Switch of rear headlights
S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional)

232

S7 - Change-over switch of direction lights (optional)

S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional)
S9 - Push button of horn
S10 - Position switch of seat panel opening
S11 - Push button of emergency brake
S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (optional)
S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel control)
S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
S15 - Pressure switch of steering
S16 - Switch - fast travel
S17 - Switch - speed preselector
S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel control)
S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
S21 - Pressure switch of brake
S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (optional)
S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (optional)
S26 - Pressure switch of engine lubrication
S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter clogging
S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic filter clogging
S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heating
S35 - Parking brake push button
S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the drum
V1,2,4,5 - Blocking diode
V3 - Blocking diode (only machine with signalling of sound lift
cabin)
X1 - Hand lamp socket
X2-24 - Connectors
X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
X27 - Socket of safety beacon
Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lowering
Y5 - Electromagnetic valve of engine STOP
Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (left wheel)
Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (drum)
Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration II.
Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - LH wheel
backward(opt.)
Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - LH wheel forward (opt.)
Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (right wheel)
Y15 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - RH wheel forward (opt.)
Y16 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - RH wheel backward (opt.)

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

Nahrazuje obr. 282e001c.tif pro CASE.WORKSHOP MANUAL

G1

G2

12V

12V

M2

X3:2

X23:1

2 7

X18:1

X3:5

X32:1

X31:1

X32:2

X31:2

X32:3,4

X31:3,4

E6

15/54

50a

F1

E1

E5

S3

X3:1

30

X10:1 X9:1

E4

," /
/-

X2

X3:4

X6:1

E3

/
/-

E2

," /"1/ /-

8
1

Y4

K1

X3:3

"""7 , 

S2

Y3

31

50

D+

X23:2

""/ 

1
2 7

Y2

B+

50A

S1

"7 , 

Y1

50

G3

B-

F7

30

/ 

V3

31

M1
30

Q1

S4

6
8
1
9

20A

2
3
10

E7

,
,
/-

E8
E9

 1
/"

X9:7

X10:7

E14

E10

,/,
,,
/" /

E12

,/," /,
/" /

X3:7

X1

H1

X3:8

S7

6
1
5
10

X10:4 X9:4

E15 X27
H2

9,
1
" 6 

X5:2

X3:9

H3

X18:5

X3:10

5
1

X11:1

X18:6,7

K2

S14

S11

S13

X19:2

S35
5

1
5

H6
X11:4

V1

3
1

X12:2

X14:2

S16

1
8
2

X14:6

Y10

X4:7
1
X4:8 7

S18
X11:7
X8:2

S21

K7

X5:1

X12:4

R2

A2
X12:5 X14:5 A3
A4

X14:4

S17
A1

3
1

X11:11 X8:3

*, --1, -7/
" ,


R1

X12:7
5

X14:3 X12:3

330R
X14:7

10 X13:11 X11:11
5

470R

Y9

K6
2
5
4

K8

X12:6

6 ,
/"
6 ,
/"

1
3

5
2

Y14

2
3

X14:1

X4:5

3
2

V2

X4:4

Y7

K4

X12:8

X4:3

5
1

K5

H5
X14:8

OUT GND

S15

X4:2

X11:2

STOP UB INP


-//,
6  /7 

-//,
6 ,/7 

Y6

S10

NC COM

X13:3

NC C

X4:1

X13:2

X11:3

X19:1

5
10

X13:4

X19:4

Y5

S9

1
3

2
5

H4

S8

1
9

F3

K3

X3:11

A2

*, --1, -7/
"-/ , 

49

31

7,5A

S12

X13:1

,


A1

49a

3
2

NO C

 -/"*

S6

2
8

X25:7,8

",
, 6 ,-

,

X18:4

E13

-
 /9

"

X9:3

X10:3
X18:3

F2

X9:5

10 A

E11

5
10

X10:5

 /," /,
/" /
 /,
,,
/" /

S5

1
9

S20
M

X8:4

X13:6
X11:6

S19

X13:5

X11:5

H7

282S0006T

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

233

23. Electrical schemata

X20:1

26

X20:2

23

Y11

+24V

-24V

X5:4

15,29

X4:6

Y8

28,42

F4

7,5A

H13

40

41

X20:3

Y15

X20:7

24

X20:4

25

X20:8

27

X20:5

32

Y16
A5

S23

X21:1

X21:2

X31:3

X21:4

X21:5

20

X21:6
3

S24

X21:7

X21:8

13
31

X24:1

X24:2

X21:11
X24:3

X21:10

-5V 1

17

+5V 14

S25

21

18

X21:9
3

X25

16

9
5
3
2

A4

Y12

X7:1
X7:3

A3

X22:1

X22:2
3
X7:4

X6:2

X11:8
S

B1

X7:2

X22:3

Y13

B3

X6:5

P3

X6:7

H9

S27

X6:8

H11

S28

X6:9

H12

P4
3

H10

S26

5A

P2

X6:3

B2

F5

P1

P5

Z
M3
M
X15:1

M4

S29

5
1

X10:6 X9:6

F6
15A

S30

X15:4

X15:2

X16:2

X16:3

M M

M8

X6:10

M
X6:11

M5

S31

X16:4

X16:1

M6

X17:1

M7

X17:2

S32
7
1
5
1

S33

F7
20A

F8

282E002c

234

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

10
9

V5
X4:6

S18/5

Y8

Y14

Y7

X4:5

V4

X5:4

X12:2

X14:2

K8

S36
1

K7/5

F3/OUTPUT

S16/1,9

iVviiV>}iV>i9]9{]9n
>iii`vii>VV
{

5
10

3
10

X31:3,4

E9

X32:2

E8
E7

iVvi>`}
>iV>Li

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

X32:3,4

X31:2

X10:2 X9:2

E6

E5

E4

E3

E2

X18:1

X3:5

X10:1 X9:1

X9:7

E1

6
8
1
9

1
9

S5

S4

20A

F1

282E0005

282E006en

235

23. Electrical schemata

WIRING SCHEME - rollers with engine TIER I (4-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock) Also valid for ASC70-90 with engine B4.599TIER II
Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements and accessories) - AMMANN
A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (optional)
A2 - Brake timer
A3 - Travel control
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock (optional)
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination (optional)
B1 - Sensor of engine oil thermometer
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer
B3 - Fuel level sensor
E1 - Instruments illumination
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional)
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional)
E6, 7 - Front headlights
E8, 9 - Rear headlights
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional)
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional)
E14 - Cabin illumination
E15 - Safety beacon (optional)
F1-9 - Fuses
G1,2 - Batteries
G3 - Alternator
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (optional)
H2 - Horn
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional)
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the travel control
H6 - Indicator of brake
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection
H9 - Indicator of engine lubrication
H10 - Indicator of charging
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging
H13 - Indicator of differential lock (ASC)
K1 - Contactor
K2-8 - Auxiliary relay
M1 - Starter
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting system
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation
M4 - Front windscreen wiper
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper
M6 - Front windscreen washer
M7 - Rear windscreen washer
M8 - Fan of heating
P1 - Engine thermometer
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer
P3 - Fuel gauge
P4 - Speedometer
P5 - Hour counter
Q1 - Battery disconnector
R1,2 - Resistors
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system
S3 - Switch box
S4 - Switch of front headlights
S5 - Switch of rear headlights
S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional)

236

S7 - Change-over switch of direction lights (optional)

S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional)
S9 - Push button of horn
S10 - Position switch of seat panel opening
S11 - Push button of emergency brake
S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (optional)
S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel control)
S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
S15 - Pressure switch of steering
S16 - Switch - fast travel
S17 - Switch - speed preselector
S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel control)
S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
S21 - Pressure switch of brake
S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (optional)
S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (optional)
S26 - Pressure switch of engine lubrication
S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter clogging
S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic filter clogging
S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heating
S35 - Parking brake push button
S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the drum
V1,2,4,5 - Blocking diode
V3 - Blocking diode (only machine with signalling of sound lift
cabin)
X1 - Hand lamp socket
X2-24 - Connectors
X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
X27 - Socket of safety beacon
Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lowering
Y5 - Electromagnetic valve of engine STOP
Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (left wheel)
Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (drum)
Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration II.
Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - LH wheel
backward(opt.)
Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - LH wheel forward (opt.)
Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (right wheel)
Y15 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - RH wheel forward (opt.)
Y16 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - RH wheel backward (opt.)

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

G1

G2

12V

12V

M2

Y4

30

X10:1 X9:1

E5

," /
/-

X18:1

X3:5
X10:2

S4

6
8
1
9

X9:2

20A

2
3
10

E7

E8 X18:2

,
,
/-

X3:6

X10:7

E14

 1
/"
E10

 /,
,/

E11

X10:3
X18:3

H1

E12

,/," //

E13

X10:4 X9:4

E15 X27

X5:2

-
 /9

"

X3:8

X18:5

X3:10

5
1

X11:1

X18:6,7

S14

S11

X19:1

S13

X19:2

S35
5

1
5

H6
X11:4

3
1

X12:2 X14:2

S16

1
8
2

X14:6

6 ,
/"

Y10

X4:7
1
X4:8 7

S18
X11:7

X8:2

S21

K7

X5:1

R2

A2
X12:5 X14:5 A3
A4

X14:4

S17
A1

3
1

X11:11 X8:3

*, --1, -7/
" ,


R1

X12:4

X12:7

X14:3 X12:3

330R
X14:7

10 X13:11 X11:11
5

470R

Y9

K6

K8

X12:6

6 ,
/"

1
3

V1

2
5
4

5
2

Y14

2
3

X14:1

X4:5

3
2

V2

X4:4

Y7

K4

X12:8

X4:3

5
1

K5

H5
X14:8


-//,
6 ,/7 

S15

OUT GND


-//,
6  /7 

X4:2

STOP UB INP

*, --1, -7/
"-/ , 

Y6

X11:2

A2

,


S10

NC COM

X13:3

NC C

1
3

X4:1

X13:2

X11:3

Y5

X13:4

X19:4

2
5

H4

5
10

F3

K3

X3:11

S8

7,5A

NO C

9,
1
" 6 

49

31

1
9

S9

A1

49a

3
2

S12

X13:1

6
1
5
10

K2

S6

2
8

X3:9

H3

, 6 ,-

,

F2

X9:5

X1
S7

H2

",

X10:5

10 A

X3:7

,/,
,/

X18:4

5
10

X9:3

 /,
/" /

S5

1
9

E9
X9:7

 -/"*

F1

E1

E6

15/54

50a

E4

/
/-

S3

X3:1

X6:1

E3

X2

X3:4

E2

," /"1/ /-

2 7

X3:2

"""7 , 

S2

8
1

X23:1

Y3

K1

X3:3

""/ 

50

D+

X23:2

"7 , 

31

2 7

Y2

B+

50A

S1

Y1

/ 

50

G3

B-

F7

30

V3

31

M1
30

Q1

S20
M

X8:4

X13:6
X11:6

S19

X13:5

X11:5

H7

2825S0008T

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

237

23. Electrical schemata

X20:1

26

X20:2

23

Y11

+24V

-24V

X5:4

15,29

X4:6

Y8

28,42

F4

7,5A

H13

40

41

X20:3

Y15

X20:7

24

X20:4

25

X20:8

27

X20:5

32

Y16
A5

S23

X21:1

X21:2

X31:3

X21:4

X21:5

20

X21:6
3

S24

X21:7

X21:8

13
31

X24:1

X24:2

X21:11
X24:3

X21:10

-5V 1

17

+5V 14

S25

21

18

X21:9
3

X25

16

9
5
3
2

A4

Y12

X7:1
X7:3

A3

X22:1

X22:2
3
X7:4

X6:2

X11:8
S

B1

X7:2

X22:3

Y13

B3

X6:5

P3

X6:7

H9

S27

X6:8

H11

S28

X6:9

H12

P4
3

H10

S26

5A

P2

X6:3

B2

F5

P1

P5

Z
M3
M
X15:1

M4

S29

5
1

X10:6 X9:6

F6
15A

S30

X15:4

X15:2

X16:2

X16:3

M M

M8

X6:10

M
X6:11

M5

S31

X16:4

X16:1

M6

X17:1

M7

X17:2

S32
7
1
5
1

S33

F7
20A

F8

282E002c

238

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

10
9

X5:4

X4:6

S18/5

Y8

Y14

Y7

X4:5

V4

V5

X12:2

X14:2

K8

S36
1

K7/5

F3/OUTPUT

S16/1,9

iVviiV>}iV>i9]9{]9n
>iii`vii>VV
{

282E0005

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

239

23. Electrical schemata

Wiring Diagram ASC 70 TIER III Murphy
ASC 70 sinc serial number 753
ASC 90 sinc serial number 182
Wiring diagram - seat switch Tier III (4x ATC )

A1 - Clicker for direction-indicator lights (optional)

S3 - Ignition box

A2 - Electronics to secure travel

S4 - Front headlight switch

A3 - Travel actuator

S5 - Rear headlight switch

A4 - Multifunctional display Murphy PV - 101

S6 - Warning light switch (optional)

B2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer sensor

B3 - Float (displacer) in fuel tank

S7 - Direction-indicator light change-over switch (optional)

E1 - Hydraulics thermometer lighting

S8 - Hazard beacon switch (optional)

S9 - Horn pushbutton

E2,3 - Front fender lights (optional)

E4,5 - Rear lamps (optional)
E6,7 - Front headlights
E8,9 - Rear headlights
E10,11 - LH direction-indicator lights (optional)
E12,13 - RH direction-indicator lights (optional)

E14 - Cab lighting

E15 - Hazard beacon (optional)

F1-12 - Drop-out fuses

G1,2 - Batteries

G3 - Alternator

H1 - Pilot lamp for direction-indicator lights (optional)

H2 - Horn

H3 - Backing horn (optional)

H4 - Pilot lamp for hydraulic oil level

H5 - Pilot lamp for neutral

H6 - Pilot lamp for brake

H7 - Pilot lamp for vibration preset

H8 - Pilot lamp for differential interlock

H10 - Pilot lamp for battery recharging

H11 - Pilot lamp for air filter clogged
H12 - Pilot lamp for hydraulic oil filter clogged
H17 - Pilot lamp for glowing (WTS)

K1 - Starting contactor

K2-9 - Auxiliary relays

K10 - Glowing contactor

K11 - Auxiliary relay

M1 - Engine starter

M2 - Motor for cab lifting pump

M3 - Cab ventilation fan

M4 - Front wiper

M5 -Rear wiper

M6 - Windscreen washer

M7 - Rear glass washer

M8 - Heater fan

P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer

P3 - Fuel content gauge

P4 - Engine-revolution counter

P5 -Motohour counter

Q1 - Battery disconnector

R1,2,5 - Resistors

S1 - Cab lifting pushbutton

S2 - Bonnet lifting pushbutton

240

S11 - Emergency brake pushbutton

S12 - Backing horn switch (in travel actuator)

S13 - Neutral switch (in travel actuator)

S14 - Float (displacer) inside hydraulic oil tank

S16 - Fast travel switch

S17 - Selector switch for operating speed preset

S18 - Vibration selector switch

S19 - Vibration switch (in travel actuator)

S21 - Brake pressure switch

S22 - Seat switch

S27 - Vacuum switch for air filter clogged

S28 - Vacuum switch for hydraulic oil filter clogged

S29 - Cab fan selector switch

S30 - Front wiper switch

S31 - Rear wiper switch

S32 - Washer pushbutton

S33 - Heater fan selector switch

S35 - Parking brake switch

S36 - Switch to reduce drum slip

S37 - Engine idling switch

S39 - Double pushbutton to adjust idle rpm

V3 - Interlocking LED (only with Machines having cab lifting alarm)

V4 -7 - Interlocking LEDs
X2-24 - Interface connectors

X27 - Socket for hazard beacon

X28-33 - Interface connectors

X34 - Socket for engine diagnostics

X35-40 - J1939 Connector

X41,42 - Interface connectors

Y1 - Solenoid valve for cab lifting

Y2 - Solenoid valve for cab lowering

Y3 - Solenoid valve for bonnet lifting

Y4 - Solenoid valve for bonnet lowering

Y6 - Solenoid valve for brake

Y7 - Solenoid valve for fast travel - LH wheel

Y8 - Solenoid valve for fast travel - drum

Y9 - Solenoid valve vibrations 1

Y10 - Solenoid valve for vibrations 2

Y11 - Solenoid valve to disengage RTM differential interlock

Y13 - Servo valve for travel pump

Y14 - Solenoid valve for fast travel - RH wheel

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Engine connector
X8

12V

X3:1

X43:1

X3:2

X10:1

S3

15/54

X9:1

F1

E1

E4

Front headlights

30

X9:8

50a

E3

Rear lamps

X2

Front fender lights

X10:9

X4:4

X3:4

X26:1

X43:2

X6:1

E2

X4:3

X43:3

S2

X43:4

Y4

K1

8
1
7
2

L
IG

7
2

Y3

50A

S1

50

Y2

Bonnet lifting
Bonnet lowering

G3

F9

30

31

50

F12

X44:1

X44:2

Y1

Cab lifting
Cab lowering

31

M1
30

66Ah

M2
V3

30A

Q1

66Ah

12V

F11

125A

G2

G1

F10

K10

R3

E5

X18:1

X3:5

E6

X28

X10:2

X18:2

X3:6

6
8
1
9

X9:2

20A

S4

2
3
10

E7
E8

Rear headlights

E9

Car radio
power supply

X9:7

X10:7

E14

X18:3

X3:7

Rear RH direction-indicator

E12

X18:4

X3:8

10A

H1

S6

S7

E15

49a

31

10

X5:2

S8

Horn

H2

Backing horn

H3

X3:9

X18:5

X18:6,7

10

F3
2

S11

X13:2

S13

S12

X13:1
NO

X13:3
NC

K11

X11:4

K5

H5
X18:8

X5:3

1
5

X4:1

K6

S21

S18

X11:8

R2

X12:4

X14:4

X12:5

X14:5

330R

X13:8

470R

X14:7

A2
A3
A4

X14:3

X12:3

X13:5

X11:5

S17
A1

X12:7

K7

3
1

X11:6

X13:6

S19

H7

X5:1

B
C
D
E
F

K
L
M

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

10

R1

X4:7

X4:8

Brake pressure switch

8
2

X12:6

Vibration 2

2
5

X14:2

X4:6

Y10

S16
X12:2

X14:6

Y9

S35

X14:8

X12:8

3
1

X5:4

Vibration 1

Fast travel drum

Y8

S22

X33:1

Y14

Fast travel RH wheel

H6

X14:1

X33:2

K8

X11:7

5
2

X4:5

Y7

H8

11

Fast travel LH wheel

X6:2

10

Switching OFF RTM module

Y11

12

X4:2

Electronics A2
to secure travel

Y6

Brake

H4

X13:4

2
5

K4

K3

X3:11

7.5A

X11:2

X11:3

Hydraulic oil level

S9

K2

X3:10
X11:1

S14

49

1
5

X9:4

X10:4

X27

A1

2
8

Hazard beacon

F2

X9:5

E11

E13

10

X9:3

X10:3

Rear LH direction-indicator

Front RH direction-indicator

X1O:5

Cab lighting
E10

S5

211248_1
241

23. Electrical schemata

B
C
D
E
F

K
L
M

X12:1
X7:1
8

Y13

Servo valve

X7:2

X11:8

X7:3

X35

X39

X34

F8

A
B
C

1A

A2

A3
A4

X36

X40

F4

A1

A5

X6:5

A4

B3

C D E

A
B
C

Engine
diagnostics
socket

A
B
C

A
B
C

A
B
C

X37

X38

A
B
C

Fuel consumption gauge

X7:4

A3

1A
A6

V6
V7

27

21

28

15

44

1
4

R4

F5

10

X41:3

5A

K9

X41:4

2
5

X41:5
24

54

41
19
30

26

53

60

1
3

4
X41:6
X41:7

S39

X41:8

X41:9

H17

R5

X6:3

P2

120R

H10

Air filter
Hydraulic oil filter

X23 Engine connector

Hydraulic oil temperature

35

45

B2

X41:1
X41:2

S37

S27

X6:8

H11

S28

X6:9

H12

S29

M3

5
1

Cab ventilation

(The Machine with A/C has not M3 roof fan and S29 switch)

X10:6

F6

X9:6

15A

X15:1

Front wiper

M4

S30

X15:4

X15:2

X16:2

Rear wiper

Windscreen washer
Rear glass washer

M8
1

M5

S31

X16:4

X16:1

M6

X17:1

S32

M7

X17:2

7
1

S33

X6:10

5
1

Heater fan

X16:3

X6:11

Reserve for air conditioner

X12:2

X4:5

X14:2

Y14
V4

Y8

V5

X4:6

S36

9
X5:4

5
10

F3/ vstup

Fast travel - drum

S16/ 1,9

Fast travel RH wheel

Y7

K8
2

K7/ 5

S18/ 5

Wiring Y7, Y8 and Y14 solenoides

with the Machines
that have wheel differential lock
(without RTM)

Fast travel LH wheel

F7
20A

211248_2en

242

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

Connection of electromagnetic valves Y7, Y14, Y8, inter - wheel differential lock, without control unit A4.

10
9

5
1

K8

S36

X5:4

Y8

S18/5

FAST TRAVEL - drum

FAST TRAVEL - right wheel

Y14

X4:6

V5

X14:2
X12:2
FAST TRAVEL - left wheel

Y7

X4:5

V4

K7/5

F3/OUTPUT

S16/1,9

211141_3en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

243

23. Electrical schemata

WIRING SCHEME ASC 100
(the diagram represents the machine with maximum number of control elements and accessories)
Key:
B1 Engine revolution sensor

P3 Hydraulic oil thermometer

B2 Front vibrator revolution sensor

P4 Fuel gauge

B3 Fuel gauge float

P5 Engine speedmeter

E1,2 Front headlights

Q1 Master switch

E3,4 Rear headlights

S1 Switch box

E5 Gauge iluminiation

S2 Front lights switch

E14 Cabin iluminiation

S3 Rare lights switch

F1-8 Safety fuses

S4 Horn button

G1,2 Battery

S5 Neutral gear switch (in the travel controller)

G3 Alternator

S6 Fast travel switch

H1 Horn

S7 Vibration switch (in the travel controller)

H2 Switch vibration pilot lamp

S8 Vibration switch (movement of travel controller)

H3 Brake pilot lamp

S9 Vibration change - over switch

H4 Engine lubrication pilot lamp

S10 Brake pressure switch

H5 Recharging pilot lamp

S11 Engine lubricating pressure switch

H6 Air filter clogging pilot lamp

S12 Air filter clogging Switch

H7 Hydraulic filter clogging pilot lamp

S13 Hydraulic liquid filter clogging switch

H8 Engine overheating pilot lamp

S14 Hydraulic liquid overheating switch

H9 Hydraulic fluid overheating pilot lamp

S29 Cabin fan switch

H10 Fuel min pilot lamp

S30 Front wiper switch

K1 Contactor

S31 Rear wiper switch

K2-5 Relay

S32 Washers pushbutton

M1 Engine starter

S33 Heating fan switch

M3 Cabin fan

X Conectioin conectors

M4 Front wiper

Y1 Engine stop solenoid valve

M5 Rear wiper

Y2 Brake valve solenoid valve

M6 Windscreen washer

Y3 Fast travel speed solenoid valve left wheel

M7 Rear window washer

Y4 Fast travel speed solenoid valve right wheel

M8 Heater fan

Y5 Fast travel speed solenoid valve drum

P1 Hour meter

Y6 Vibration 1 solenoid valve

P2 Engine thermometer

Y7 Vibration 2 solenoid valve

244

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
G1

G2

+ -

12V
66Ah

M1

G2

30

12V
66Ah

G3

B+

50a

E1
FRONT HEADLIGHTS

E2

X10:2

E3

X3:4

E4

REAR LIGHTS
CABINE ILLUMINATION

X10:7 X9:4

E14

H1
Y1 X12:1

X12:4

X3:5

15A

10

F2
5A

S4

F3

X3:7

X12:2

7.5A

Y2
Y3

FAST TRAVEL - LEFT WHEEL

X3:9

Y4

FAST TRAVE - RIGHT WHEEL

5
2

K4

X4:4 X7:4

H2

MINIMUM FUEL

X6:5

1
7

S9
5

S7

C
1 X4:6
3

S8
M

F5

H3
H4
H6
H7
H8
H9

X5:3
X5:4
X5:5
X6:2
X6:3

5A

H5

P1
h

S10
S11
S12
S13
S15
S14
B3 G

X7:6

X5:2

1
8

K5
2
5

7.5A

10

Fe PNP

X3:11

S6

X4:5 X7:5

Y6
Y7

X7:1 X4:1

F4

X8:1

X3:10

S5

X7:3 X4:3

2
3

3
1

X8:2

VIBRATION 1
VIBRATION 2

Y5

FAST TARVEL - DRUM

1
5

X3:8

Fe PNP

K3

BRAKE

F1

X10:5 X9:2

X4:2 X7:2 C

BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH

ENGINE LUBRICATING
AIR FILTR, CHARGING /HOURS
HYDRAULIC FILTER
ENGINE OVERHEATING
HYDRAULIC OVERHEATING

5
10

K2 4

3
2

S3 5

1
9

X11:2

HORN
ENGINE STOP

X11:1

S2

1
9

X9:1

31

50

X3:1

X3:2

S1

30 15/54

X3:3

X2

X5:1
X5:6

K1

D+
W

B+

X6:4

H10
S29

M3
M

CABINE FAN (THE ROLLER WITH AIRCONDITION - WITHOUT M3 FAN and S 29 SWITCH)

WINDSCREEN WIPER

5
1

X15:1

M4 X15:4

X15:2

F6

3 X10:6
X9:3

15A

S30

X16:2

M M

M8

X16:1

M6

WINDSCREEN WASHER
REAR WINDOW WASHER
HEATING FAN

M5 X16:4

X16:3

REAR WINDOW WIPER

S31
5

S32

X17:1

7
1

M7 X17:2

S33

X6:7

5
1

X6:8

F7

Reserved for Aircondition

F8

Reserve

E5
E2

FRONT HEADLIGHTS

X10:2

X9:1

S2

6
8
1
9

2
3
10

F1
15A

X3:2
X3:3

X5:3
X5:4
X5:5

B1

X6:1

B2

X6:3

B3 G

X6:4

X6:5

P2
P3
P4

5A

H5

P5
3

P1
h

F5

H3
H4
H6
H7

X5:2

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

S10
S11
S12
S13

FUEL GAUGE/ENGINE SPEEDMETER

ENGINE OVERHEATING
HYDRAULIC OVERHEATING

BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH

ENGINE LUBRICATING
AIR FILTR, CHARGING /HOURS
HYDRAULIC FILTER

Valid for the roller with the dash - gauges

E1

28062en

245

23. Electrical schemata

WIRING SCHEME - ASC 110-250 with engine TIER II (4-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock)
Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements and accessories) - AMMANN
A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (optional)
A2 - Brake timer
A3 - Travel control
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock
(optional)
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination
(optional)
B1 - Sensor of cooling liquid level
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer
B3 - Fuel level sensor
E1 - Instruments illumination
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional)
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional)
E6, 7 - Front headlights
E8, 9 - Rear headlights
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional)
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional)
E14 - Cabin illumination
E15 - Safety beacon (optional)
F1-9 - Fuses
F11-16 - Fuses of engine
G1,2 - Batteries
G3 - Alternator
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (optional)
H2 - Horn
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional)
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the
travel control
H6 - Indicator of brake
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection
H9 - Indicator of engine lubrication
H10 - Indicator of charging
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging
H13 - Indicator of differential lock (ASC)
H14 - Stop engine warning lamp - red
H15 - Water in fuel warning lamp
H16 - Engine defect warning lamp - yellow
H17 - Maintenance indicator lamp - it is
not conected
K1 - Start relay
K2-9 - Auxiliary relay
K10 - Preheating relay
M1 - Starter
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting system
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation
M4 - Front windscreen wiper
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper
M6 - Front windscreen washer
M7 - Rear windscreen washer
M8 - Fan of heating

246

P1 - Engine thermometer
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer
P3 - Fuel gauge
P4 - Speedometer
P5 - Hour counter
Q1 - Battery disconnector
R1,2 - Resistors
R3 - Engine preheating
R4 - Engine speed control
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system
S3 - Switch box
S4 - Switch of front headlights
S5 - Switch of rear headlights
S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional)
S7 - Change-over switch of direction
lights (optional)
S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional)
S9 - Push button of horn
S10 - Position switch of seat panel opening
S11 - Push button of emergency brake
S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (optional)
S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel control)
S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
S15 - Pressure switch of steering
S16 - Switch - fast travel
S17 - Switch - speed preselector
S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel
control)
S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
S21 - Pressure switch of brake
S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (optional)
S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (optional)
S26 - Pressure switch of engine lubrication
S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter
clogging
S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic
filter clogging
S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heating
S35 - Parking brake push button
S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the
drum
S37 - Engine idle speed switch
S38 - Engine diagnostic switch
S39 - Trouble shooting switch
S40 - Water in fuel sensor

1,2,4,5 - Blocking diode

V
V3 - Blocking diode (only machine with
signalling of sound lift cabin)
X1 - Hand lamp socket
X2-24 - Connectors
X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
X27 - Socket of safety beacon
X28-33 - Connectors
X34 - Engine diagnostic (electronic control module)
X35-40 - Connectors J1939
X41-42 - Connectors
Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lowering
Y5 - Electromagnetic valve of engine
STOP
Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (left wheel)
Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (drum)
Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration
I.
Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration
II.
Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - LH wheel backward(opt.)
Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - LH wheel forward (opt.)
Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (right wheel)
Y15 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - RH wheel forward (opt.)
Y16 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - RH wheel backward
(opt.)

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

8n

8
1

27

9{

"""7 , 

X3:1

X18:1

," /
/-

15/54

X10:1 X9:1

{
x

X3:2

30

50a

/
/-

X2

X3:4

X6:1

," /"1/ /-

27

""/ 

BAT

50A

31

50

GRD 

30

50

30

+
12V


+

12V

/ 

"7 , 


31

RESERVE

x

10A 

{ 10A

 7,5A

7,5A

7,5A 

W
P

H
F
E


"
/",

-{

6
8
1
9

X3:5
X10:2 X9:2

20A

2
3
10

,
,
/-

X18:2

X3:6

X9:7

1
9

X10:7

 1
/"
 /," /,
/" /

 /,
,,
/" /

X18:3

X3:7

,/,
,,
/" /

X3:8

,/," /,
/" /

-
 /9

"

10A

X18:4

-
1

X3:10

5
1


-

-
3

X13:4

X4:1

X13:3

NC C


X11:1

X12:2 X14:2 9

3
1

8
2

P -

*, --1, -7/
" ,


5
2

X12:4 X14:4
A2

, X12:5 X14:5 A3
A4

-
A1

X12:7

-n

X14:3 X12:3

330R
X14:7

X4:7

10 X13:8 X11:8

X14:6

X4:8

2
5

n

470R

5
2

X12:6

X4:5

9{

6 ,
/"
6 ,
/"

5
5

5
5

X14:1

X4:4


-//,
6  /7 

-//,
6 ,/7 

X14:8 X12:8

GND

X4:3

STOPUB INP

P -x

*, --1, -7/
"-/ , 

X4:2

x

x

X5:3

OUT

{

-x
X18:8

X11:2

NC COM
X11:3

2
5

{

X13:2

X3:11

7,5A

NO C

-{

5
10

3
2

X13:1

9,
1
" 6 

-n

X18:6,7

49

31

10

X5:2

X3:9
X18:5

49a

6
1
5

X10:4 X9:4

2
8

X11:1

,


X9:5

X10:5

, 6 ,-

,

5
10

X10:3 X9:3

",

-x

3
1

X11:6 X13:6

X13:5 X11:5

X5:1

282S0003T

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

247

23. Electrical schemata

23

X20:3

6
6 "/ ,/7 ",7
,

9x

X20:7

24

X20:4

25

6
6 "/ ,/7 

7
,

X20:8

27

X20:5

32

- -",",1-* 

x

C
A

40

8x

X21:2
X21:3

16

X21:4

- 1

20

X21:5

21

X21:10

-x 1

X21:11

19 27 37 49

8 Conectorof engine

B D A C

7
6

3
5 X7:4 X11:8

2 12 44

A
B
C

X7:2
X7:3

X24:1 X22:1

X24:3 X22:3

31

X24:21X22:2

- ,6"6
6

17

14

5V

X21:8
+ 5V

-{ 1

X7:1

- -",",/7 -* 

13

18

X21:7

X21:9

- -","
"" +1

7,5A

X21:1

X21:6

- -"," /7 -* 

{

9
5
3
2

- -","" /1



/"

28,42

{

6
6 "/  /7 ",7
,

41
7

8x

A
B
C

A
B
C

8{

A
B
C

A
B
Diag. plug
of engine
CDE F G

A
B
C

8n

A
B
C

8{
40 41

-7/
7
/ , 1 / ,

49 50 29

-{

19 30

X41:8

,{

-
7

2
10

X41:9

5
6
9

X41:6

2
5

X41:5

1
3

X41:1

-n

X41:4

X41:2

1
7

X41:3

{

X42:2

x

X42:3

X42:4

X42:1

3 *{

X41:10

*
+

X6:8

-n

X6:9



X15:1

{ X15:4

X15:2

," /7 -
, 7* ,

5
1

-
3

*
+

X10:6 X9:6

*x
h

X6:5

 6 /
/"

X6:3

1 
1

,/ ,
9,
1
+1/ ,

X41:7

5A

25 26 20 37 36 35 12
CONECTOR ENGINE

X42:6

x

X42:5

/ * ,
/1, "9,


+1

X20:2

26

X20:1

+ 24V

24V

X4:6
X5:4

15,29

6
6 "/  /7 

7
,

9n


-//,
6 ,1


15A

-
5

X16:2
X16:3

x X16:4
X16:1

 

7 -
, 7
- ,," /
7 -
, 7
- ,,
,
n

X6:10


"
/ 

,
,7 -, 7* ,

X6:11

 X17:1
 X17:2

7 -
5
1
7
1
5
1

-
3

-
3

AIRCONDITION
RESERVE


20A

n

282S00004T

248

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

10
9

X5:4

X4:6

S18/5

Y8

Y14

Y7

X4:5

V4

V5

X12:2

X14:2

K8

S36
1

K7/5

F3/OUTPUT

S16/1,9

iVviiV>}iV>i9]9{]9n
>iii`vii>VV
{

282E0005

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

249

23. Electrical schemata

WIRING SCHEME - ASC 110-250 with engine TIER II (4-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock)
Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements and accessories) - CASE
A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (optional)
A2 - Brake timer
A3 - Travel control
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock
(optional)
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination
(optional)
B1 - Sensor of cooling liquid level
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer
B3 - Fuel level sensor
E1 - Instruments illumination
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional)
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional)
E6, 7 - Front headlights
E8, 9 - Rear headlights
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional)
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional)
E14 - Cabin illumination
E15 - Safety beacon (optional)
F1-9 - Fuses
F11-16 - Fuses of engine
G1,2 - Batteries
G3 - Alternator
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (optional)
H2 - Horn
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional)
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the
travel control
H6 - Indicator of brake
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection
H9 - Indicator of engine lubrication
H10 - Indicator of charging
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging
H13 - Indicator of differential lock (ASC)
H14 - Stop engine warning lamp - red
H15 - Water in fuel warning lamp
H16 - Engine defect warning lamp - yellow
H17 - Maintenance indicator lamp - it is
not conected
K1 - Start relay
K2-9 - Auxiliary relay
K10 - Preheating relay
M1 - Starter
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting
system
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation
M4 - Front windscreen wiper
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper
M6 - Front windscreen washer
M7 - Rear windscreen washer
M8 - Fan of heating

250

P1 - Engine thermometer
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer
P3 - Fuel gauge
P4 - Speedometer
P5 - Hour counter
Q1 - Battery disconnector
R1,2 - Resistors
R3 - Engine preheating
R4 - Engine speed control
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system
S3 - Switch box
S4 - Switch of front headlights
S5 - Switch of rear headlights
S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional)
S7 - Change-over switch of direction
lights (optional)
S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional)
S9 - Push button of horn
S10 - Position switch of seat panel opening
S11 - Push button of emergency brake
S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (optional)
S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel control)
S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
S15 - Pressure switch of steering
S16 - Switch - fast travel
S17 - Switch - speed preselector
S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel control)
S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
S21 - Pressure switch of brake
S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (optional)
S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (optional)
S26 - Pressure switch of engine lubrication
S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter
clogging
S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic
filter clogging
S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heating
S35 - Parking brake push button
S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the
drum
S37 - Engine idle speed switch
S38 - Engine diagnostic switch

S39 - Trouble shooting switch

S40 - Water in fuel sensor
V1,2,4,5 - Blocking diode
V3 - Blocking diode (only machine with
signalling of sound lift cabin)
X1 - Hand lamp socket
X2-24 - Connectors
X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
X27 - Socket of safety beacon
X28-33 - Connectors
X34 - Engine diagnostic (electronic control
module)
X35-40 - Connectors J1939
X41-42 - Connectors
Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lowering
Y5 - Electromagnetic valve of engine
STOP
Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (left wheel)
Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (drum)
Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration
II.
Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - LH wheel backward(opt.)
Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - LH wheel forward (opt.)
Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (right wheel)
Y15 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel forward (opt.)
Y16 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel backward (opt.)

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

8n

12V

"7 , 

""/ 
"""7 , 

50

BAT

50A

8
1

- 2 7

9{

8
X3:1

X3:2

50a
X10:1 X9:1

{
x

X18:1

X32:1

," /
/-

30 - 15/54

X6:1

/
/-

X2

X3:4

," /"1/ /-

27

31

50

GRD 

30

/ 

31

30

12V

x

10A 

{ 10A

 7,5A

7,5A

7,5A 

RESERVE

W
P

H
F
E


"
/",

-{

6
8
1
9

X3:5
X31:1

20A

2
3
10

n X32:2

,
,
/-

X31:2

1
9

X32:3,4

X31:3,4

X9:7

X10:7

 1
/"
X10:3 X9:3

 /,
,,
/" /

X18:3

X3:7

X18:4

X3:8

,/,
,,
/" /
,/," /,
/" /

-
 /9

"

, 6 ,-

,

-n

1
9

-
1

X3:10

5
1

3
2

7,5A

X13:1

-{

-
3

X13:4

X4:1

NC C

X18:8


X11:1

P -

*, --1, -7/
" ,


2
5

X12:2 X14:2 9

3
1

8
2

-n
5
2

X14:3 X12:3
X12:4 X14:4
A2

, X12:5 X14:5 A3
A4

330R
X14:7

X4:7

10 X13:8 X11:8

X14:6

X4:8

n

470R

5
2

X12:6

6
4

X4:5

9{

6 ,
/"
6 ,
/"

5
5

X14:1

5
5

X4:4


-//,
6  /7 

-//,
6 ,/7 

X14:8 X12:8

X4:3

GND

P -x

STOPUB INP

*, --1, -7/
"-/ , 

X4:2

5
2

x

x

X5:3

OUT

{

-x
1

X11:2

NC COM

X13:3
X11:3

2
5

{

X13:2

X3:11

5
10

NO C

9,
1
" 6 

49

31

10

X5:2

X18:6,7

49a

6
1
5

X3:9
X18:5

2
8

X10:4 X9:4

X11:1

,


X9:5

X10:5

10A

",

5
10

 /," /,
/" /

-x

-
A1

X12:7

3
1

X11:6 X13:6

X13:5 X11:5

X5:1

282S0005T

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

251

23. Electrical schemata

23

X20:3

6
6 "/ ,/7 ",7
,

9x

X20:7

24

X20:4

25

6
6 "/ ,/7 

7
,

X20:8

27

X20:5

32

- -",",1-* 

x

C
A

40

8x

X21:2
X21:3

16

X21:4

- 1

20

X21:5

21

X21:10

-x 1

X21:11

19 27 37 49

8 Conectorof engine

B D A C

7
6

3
5 X7:4 X11:8

2 12 44

A
B
C

X7:2
X7:3

X24:1 X22:1

X24:3 X22:3

31

X24:21X22:2

- ,6"6
6

17

14

5V

X21:8
+ 5V

-{ 1

X7:1

- -",",/7 -* 

13

18

X21:7

X21:9

- -","
"" +1

7,5A

X21:1

X21:6

- -"," /7 -* 

{

9
5
3
2

- -","" /1



/"

28,42

{

6
6 "/  /7 ",7
,

41
7

8x

A
B
C

A
B
C

8{

A
B
C

A
B
Diag. plug
of engine
CDE F G

A
B
C

8n

A
B
C

8{
40 41

-7/
7
/ , 1 / ,

49 50 29

-{

19 30

X41:8

,{

-
7

2
10

X41:9

5
6
9

X41:6

2
5

X41:5

1
3

X41:1

-n

X41:4

X41:2

1
7

X41:3

{

X42:2

x

X42:3

X42:4

X42:1

3 *{

X41:10

*
+

X6:8

-n

X6:9



X15:1

{ X15:4

X15:2

," /7 -
, 7* ,

5
1

-
3

*
+

X10:6 X9:6

*x
h

X6:5

 6 /
/"

X6:3

1 
1

,/ ,
9,
1
+1/ ,

X41:7

5A

25 26 20 37 36 35 12
CONECTOR ENGINE

X42:6

x

X42:5

/ * ,
/1, "9,


+1

X20:2

26

X20:1

+ 24V

24V

X4:6
X5:4

15,29

6
6 "/  /7 

7
,

9n


-//,
6 ,1


15A

-
5

X16:2
X16:3

x X16:4
X16:1

 

7 -
, 7
- ,," /
7 -
, 7
- ,,
,
n

X6:10


"
/ 

,
,7 -, 7* ,

X6:11

 X17:1
 X17:2

7 -
5
1
7
1
5
1

-
3

-
3

AIRCONDITION
RESERVE


20A

n

282S00004T

252

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

10
9

V5
X4:6

S18/5

Y8

Y14

Y7

X4:5

V4

X5:4

X12:2

X14:2

K8

S36
1

K7/5

F3/OUTPUT

S16/1,9

iVviiV>}iV>i9]9{]9n
>iii`vii>VV
{

5
10

3
10

X31:3,4

E9

X32:2

E8
E7

iVvi>`}
>iV>Li
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

X32:3,4

X31:2

X10:2 X9:2

E6

E5

E4

E3

E2

X18:1

X3:5

X10:1 X9:1

X9:7

E1

6
8
1
9

1
9

S5

S4

20A

F1

282E0005

282E006en
253

23. Electrical schemata

WIRING SCHEME - ASC 110-250 with engine TIER II (4-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock)
Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements and accessories in road version)
A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (optional)
A2 - Brake timer
A3 - Travel control
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock
(optional)
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination
(optional)
B1 - Sensor of cooling liquid level
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer
B3 - Fuel level sensor
E1 - Instruments illumination
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional)
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional)
E6, 7 - Front headlights
E8, 9 - Rear headlights
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional)
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional)
E14 - Cabin illumination
E15 - Safety beacon (optional)
E16,17 - Brake lights (optional)
E18 - Car make lighting (optional)
F1-9 - Fuses
F11-16 - Fuses of engine
G1,2 - Batteries
G3 - Alternator
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (optional)
H2 - Horn
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional)
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the
travel control
H6 - Indicator of brake
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection
H9 - Indicator of engine lubrication
H10 - Indicator of charging
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging
H13 - Indicator of differential lock (ASC)
H14 - Stop engine warning lamp - red
H15 - Water in fuel warning lamp
H16 - Engine defect warning lamp - yellow
H17 - Maintenance indicator lamp - it is
not conected
K1 - Start relay
K2-9 - Auxiliary relay
K10 - Preheating relay
M1 - Starter
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting
system
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation
M4 - Front windscreen wiper
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper
M6 - Front windscreen washer

254

M7 - Rear windscreen washer

M8 - Fan of heating
P1 - Engine thermometer
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer
P3 - Fuel gauge
P4 - Speedometer
P5 - Hour counter
Q1 - Battery disconnector
R1,2 - Resistors
R3 - Engine preheating
R4 - Engine speed control
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system
S3 - Switch box
S4 - Switch of front headlights
S5 - Switch of rear headlights
S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional)
S7 - Change-over switch of direction
lights (optional)
S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional)
S9 - Push button of horn
S10 - Position switch of seat panel opening
S11 - Push button of emergency brake
S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (optional)
S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel control)
S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
S15 - Pressure switch of steering
S16 - Switch - fast travel
S17 - Switch - speed preselector
S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel control)
S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
S21 - Pressure switch of brake
S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (optional)
S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (optional)
S26 - Pressure switch of engine lubrication
S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter
clogging
S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic
filter clogging
S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heating
S35 - Parking brake push button
S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the
drum

S37 - Engine idle speed switch

S38 - Engine diagnostic switch
S39 - Trouble shooting switch
S40 - Water in fuel sensor
V1,2,4,5 - Blocking diode
V3 - Blocking diode (only machine with
signalling of sound lift cabin)
X1 - Hand lamp socket
X2-24 - Connectors
X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
X27 - Socket of safety beacon
X28-33 - Connectors
X34 - Engine diagnostic (electronic control
module)
X35-40 - Connectors J1939
X41-42 - Connectors
Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lowering
Y5 - Electromagnetic valve of engine
STOP
Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (left wheel)
Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (drum)
Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration
II.
Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - LH wheel backward(opt.)
Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - LH wheel forward (opt.)
Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (right wheel)
Y15 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel forward (opt.)
Y16 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel backward (opt.)

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

X8

F16

"7 , 

27

S3

50a

E4

/
/-

E18

X18:1

E6

," /
/-

F1

E1

E5

,
 / 

15/54

30

X3:1

X10:1 X9:1

X3:2

X3:4

X6:1

E3

X2

E2

," /"1/ /-

K1

8
1

Y4

31

50

27

S2

BAT

50A

S1

Y3

""/ 
"""7 , 

F9

M1

50

G3

GRD

12V

Y2

30

12V

/ 

G2
+

30

31

RESERVE

10A

M2
V3

F13

F15

10A

F14

F12 7,5A

7,5A

7,5A F11

G1

Q1

Y1

H
F
E

K10

R3

ENGINE CONECTOR

S4

6
8
1
9

X3:5
X10:2 X9:2

20A

2
3
10

E7
E8

,
,
/-

X18:2

X3:6

E9
E19

," /
18
,9

*

X10:2 X9:2
X9:7

E20

E14

E11
E12

,/,
,,
/" /

X10:5

X18:3

X3:7

X18:4

X3:8

H1

S7

S6

2
8

H3

, 6 ,-

,

X5:2
X3:9

X18:5

X3:10

5
X11:1

X18:6,7

K2

S14

F3

7,5A

S11
2

E17

S21

K6

X12:2 X14:2

3
1

S16

S18

X14:3 X12:3

R1

X12:4 X14:4

R2

A2
X12:5 X14:5 A3
A4

S17
A1

X12:7
5

X13:8 X11:8

330R
X14:7

X4:7

10

1
8
2

X4:8 7
P

K8

X14:1

X14:6

*, --1, -7/
" ,


V1

V2

X4:5

Y10

H6

470R

6 ,
/"

X12:6

6 ,
/"

1
5

X4:3

Y9

S15

Y14


-//,
6 ,/7 

X11:4

X4:2

Y7

X14:8 X12:8

A2

Y6

X4:4


-//,
6  /7 

K4

K5

H5

X5:3

GND

*, --1, -7/
"-/ , 

1
X18:8

OUT

S35

STOP UB INP

,


E16

,
 /-

NC C
X13:4

X4:1

X11:2

NC COM

X13:3
X11:3

2
5

H4

S10

X13:2

S13

K3

X3:11

5
10

S12

X13:1

S8

1
9

NO 0

9,
1
" 6 

49

31

10

S9

H2

A1

49a

6
1
5

X29:5

E15 X27

",

F2

X9:5

10A

X29:7,8

-
 /9

"

5
10

X29:4

E13

,/," /,
/" /

10

E10

 /,
,,
/" /

S34

1
9

X10:7

 1
/"
 /," /,
/" /

S5

1
9

K7

3
1

X11:6 X13:6

S19

X13:5

X11:5

H7

X5:1

282S0009Ten

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

255

23. Electrical schemata

23

X20:3

6
6 "/ ,/7 ",7
,

9x

X20:7

24

X20:4

25

6
6 "/ ,/7 

7
,

X20:8

27

X20:5

32

- -",",1-* 

x

C
A

40

8x

X21:2
X21:3

16

X21:4

- 1

20

X21:5

21

X21:10

-x 1

X21:11

19 27 37 49

8 Conectorof engine

B D A C

7
6

3
5 X7:4 X11:8

2 12 44

A
B
C

X7:2
X7:3

X24:1 X22:1

X24:3 X22:3

31

X24:21X22:2

- ,6"6
6

17

14

5V

X21:8
+ 5V

-{ 1

X7:1

- -",",/7 -* 

13

18

X21:7

X21:9

- -","
"" +1

7,5A

X21:1

X21:6

- -"," /7 -* 

{

9
5
3
2

- -","" /1



/"

28,42

{

6
6 "/  /7 ",7
,

41
7

8x

A
B
C

A
B
C

8{

A
B
C

A
B
Diag. plug
of engine
CDE F G

A
B
C

8n

A
B
C

8{
40 41

-7/
7
/ , 1 / ,

49 50 29

-{

19 30

X41:8

,{

-
7

2
10

X41:9

5
6
9

X41:6

2
5

X41:5

1
3

X41:1

-n

X41:4

X41:2

1
7

X41:3

{

X42:2

x

X42:3

X42:4

X42:1

3 *{

X41:10

*
+

X6:8

-n

X6:9



X15:1

{ X15:4

X15:2

," /7 -
, 7* ,

5
1

-
3

*
+

X10:6 X9:6

*x
h

X6:5

 6 /
/"

X6:3

1 
1

,/ ,
9,
1
+1/ ,

X41:7

5A

25 26 20 37 36 35 12
CONECTOR ENGINE

X42:6

x

X42:5

/ * ,
/1, "9,


+1

X20:2

26

X20:1

+ 24V

24V

X4:6
X5:4

15,29

6
6 "/  /7 

7
,

9n


-//,
6 ,1


15A

-
5

X16:2
X16:3

x X16:4
X16:1

 

7 -
, 7
- ,," /
7 -
, 7
- ,,
,
n

X6:10


"
/ 

,
,7 -, 7* ,

X6:11

 X17:1
 X17:2

7 -
5
1
7
1
5
1

-
3

-
3

AIRCONDITION
RESERVE


20A

n

282S00004T

256

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

10
9

X5:4

X4:6

S18/5

Y8

Y14

Y7

X4:5

V4

V5

X12:2

X14:2

K8

S36
1

K7/5

F3/OUTPUT

S16/1,9

iVviiV>}iV>i9]9{]9n
>iii`vii>VV
{

282E0005

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

257

23. Electrical schemata

WIRING SCHEME ASC 110-250 with engine TIER II (4-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock)
Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements and accessories with chair switch)
A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (option)
A2 - Electronics safeguard traversing
A3 - Travel control
A4 - Control unit of ATC - differential lock
(option)
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination
(option)
B1 - Sensor of cooling liquid level
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer
B3 - Fuel level sensor
E1 - Instruments illumination
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (option)
E4, 5 - Tail lights (option)
E6, 7 - Front headlights
E8, 9 - Rear headlights
E10,11 - Left direction lights (option)
E12,13 - Right direction lights (option)
E14 - Cabin illumination
E15 - Safety beacon (option)
F1-9 - Fuses
F11-16 - Fuses of engine
G1,2 - Batteries
G3 - Alternator
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (optional)
H2 - Horn
H3 - Back-up alarm (option)
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the
travel control
H6 - Indicator of brake
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection
H10 - Indicator of charging
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging
H13 - Indicator of ATC
H14 - Stop engine warning lamp - red
H15 - Water in fuel warning lamp
H16 - Engine defect warning lamp - yellow
H17 - Maintenance indicator lamp
K1 - Start relay
K2-9 - Auxiliary relay
K10 - Preheating relay
K11 - Auxiliaries relay
M1 - Starter
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting
system
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation
M4 - Front windscreen wiper
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper
M6 - Windscreen washer
M7 - Rear window washer
M8 - Fan of heating
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer
P3 - Fuel gauge

258

P4 - Speedometer
P5 - Hour counter
Q1 - Battery disconnector
R1,2,5 - Resistors
R3 - Engine preheating
R4 - Engine speed kontrol potentiometer
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system
S3 - Switch box
S4 - Switch of headlights
S5 - Switch of rear headlights
S6 - Switch of warning lights (option)
S7 - Change-over switch of direction
lights (option)
S8 - Switch of safety beacon (option)
S9 - Push button of horn
S11 - Push button of emergency brake
S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (at the travel control)
S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel control)
S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
S16 - Switch - fast travel
S17 - Switch - speed preselector
S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel control)
S21 - Pressure switch of brake
S22 - Chair switch
S23 - Sensor of drum speed (option)
S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (option)
S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (option)
S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter
clogging
S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic
filter clogging
S29 - Switch of cabin ventilation
S30 - Switch of windscreen wiper
S31 - Switch of rear window wiper
S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heating
S35 - Parking brake push button
S36 - Switch of limit spin of the drum
S37 - Engine idle speed switch
S38 - Engine diagnostic switch
S39 - Trouble shooting switch
S40 - Water in fuel sensor
V3 - Blocking diode (only machine with
signalling of sound lift cabin)
V4-7 - Blocking diode
X2-24 - Connectors
X25 - Diagnostic socket (option)
X27 - Socket of safety beacon
X28-33 - Connectors

34 - Engine diagnostic
X
X35-40 - Connectors J1939
X41-42 - Connectors
Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lowering
Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (left wheel)
Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (drum)
Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration
II.
Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of ASC - LH
wheel backward(opt.)
Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of ASC- LH
wheel forward (opt.)
Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (right wheel)
Y15 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel forward (opt.)
Y16 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel backward (opt.)

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

X8

F16

G2

12V 100Ah

12V 100Ah

Y3

Hood lowering

Y4

30

F9

30

50

S2

BAT

50A

S1
4

8
1

2 7

X3:1

X3:2

X2

X3:4

S3

15/54

50a
X9:1

X10:1

F1

E1
X18:1

E6
Front headlights

K1

30

E4
E5

2 7

X6:1

E3

Tail lights

31

50

E2
Front outline lights

M1

G3

GRD

Hood lifting

Q1

G1

Y2

Cab lowering

Reserve

Y1

Cab lifting

F14

F12

10A

7,5A

V3

F14

10A

F13

7,5A

7,5A

F11

M2
31

K10

R3

Engine connector

6
8
1
9

X3:5
X10:2

S4

X9:9

20A
2
3
10

E7
E8

Rear headlights

X18:2

X3:6

E9

X9:7

Cabin illumination
Left front direction light

E10

Left rear direction light

E11

X18:3

X9:7

Right rear direction light

E12

X18:4

X3:8

X10:3

E13

Horn

H2

Reverse alarm

H5

S7

X3:10

K2

S13

K6

S35

3
1
X12:2

X14:2

8
2

330R

10
5

X14:6

S16

X12:6

S8

470R

X14:7

X4:7
1

X14:8

X12:8

H6

S22

X33:1

A2

X11:7

X14:1

X33:2

10 11

K5

12

X4:5

K8

H5

X4:2

K11

X11:4

K3

5
2

X4:1

S21

X11:3
X13:4

2
5

Electric safeguard
traversing of machine.

K4

1
5

X4:8

Pressure switch of brake

X13:3

X5:3

Y10
Vibration 2

7,5A

X11:2

NC C

X3:11

Y14

Y9

X13:2

X18:8

Vibration 1

10

F3
2

Fast travel - left wheel

S11

S12

H4

Fast travel - right wheel

S9

S8

X13:1

S14

Y7

31

10

NO

Y6

49

49a

1
5

X5:2

X18:6,7

Brake

F2

A1
6

X9:4

X11:1

Hydraulic oil level

S6

2
8

X3:9

X18:5

X9:5

10A

H1

X10:4

E15 X27

Safety beacom

X10:5

X9:3

Right rear direction light

5
10

X10:7

E14

S5

X13:8

X11:8

X14:3 X12:3

R1 X12:4

X14:4

R2

X14:5

X12:5

A2
A3
A4

S17
A1

X12:7

K7

3
1

X11:6

X13:6

S19

X13:5

X11:5

H7

X5:1

A
B
C
D
E

282S018Ten

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

259

23. Electrical schemata

C
D

X20:10,11

X5:4

15,23

X4:6

+24V

(-24V)

Y8

Fast travel drum

Y11

Valve of the left wheel backward

X20:1

26

X20:2

23

28,42

F4

7,5A

H13

40

41

Valve of the left wheel forward

Valve of the right wheel forward

X20:3

Y15

X20:7

24

X20:4

25

X20:8

27

X20:5

32

Y16

Valve of the right wheel backward

Sensor of longitudinal inclination

A5

3 (M)

S23

X21:1

X21:2

X21:3

4 (C)

X21:4

1 (H)

X21:5

X25
9
5
3
2

Sensor of drum speed

Y12

16
20
21

X21:6

Sensor of left wheel speed

3 (M)

S24

4 (C)

X21:7

1 (H)

X21:8
X21:9

S25

4 (C)

X21:10

1 (H)

X21:11

A3

3
X7:4

X11:8

X35
A
B
C

V6

49

V7

X42:5

40

50

X42:6

41

29
19

X41:7

X41:8

R4

S37

7
3

10

30

X41:9

25

X23

26
20
37

Connector

36

"B"

K9

X41:6

2
5

X41:5

1
3

X41:1

S38

X41:4

X41:2

S39

X41:3

1
7

X41:10

X42:1

H14

X42:2

H15

X42:3

H16

2
3
4

X42:4
X6:3

X6:5

B3

3
n

12

engine

35

B2

5
6

Air filter

5A

X36

X40
S40

Fuel gauge

P3

S27

X6:8

H11

S28

X6:9

H12
M3
M

5
1
X15:1

M4

Front windscreen wiper

X15:4

X15:2

S29

H17
P2

Cabin ventilation

P4

X10:6 X9:6

H10

Hydraulic liquid filter

F5

Temperarure of hydraulic liquid

X34

A
B
C

A
B
C

A
B
Diagnostic
plung of engine
C D E F G

X37

X38

A
B
C

Switch water in fuel filter

engine

2 12 44

X39
A
B
C

X7:3

"A"

Connector

B1

D A C
B

X19

19 27 37 49

B
2

X7:2

X24:1 X22:1

X24:2 X22:2

X24:3 X22:3

X12:1 X7:1

Y13

Sensor of cooling liquid

14
+
5V 1

3 (M)

Servovalve

31

17

Sensor of right wheel speed

13

18

P5
-

F6
20A

S30
5

X16:2

Rear windscreen wiper

Fan of heating

M8

X6:10

X16:4

X16:1

M6

X17:1

M7

X17:2

M M

Windscreen washer front

Windscreen washer rear

M5

X16:3

7
1
5
1

S31
5

S32
3

S33
3

Reserve
for aircondition
Reserve

F7
20A

F8

X6:11

282S019Ten

260

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

261

23. Electrical schemata

WIRING SCHEME- rollers with engine TIER III (4-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock)
Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements, accessories with chair switch)
A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (optional)
A2 - Electronics safeguard traversing
A3 - Travel control
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock
(optional)
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination
(optional)
B1 - Sensor of cooling liquid level
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer
B3 - Fuel level sensor
E1 - Instruments illumination
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional)
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional)
E6, 7 - Front headlights
E8, 9 - Rear headlights
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional)
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional)
E14 - Cabin illumination
E15 - Safety beacon (optional)
F1-9 - Fuses
F11-16 - Fuses of engine
G1,2 - Batteries
G3 - Alternator
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (optional)
H2 - Horn
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional)
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the
travel control
H6 - Indicator of brake
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection
H10 - Indicator of charging
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging
H13 - Indicator of differential lock (ATC)
H14 - Stop engine warning lamp - red
H15 - Water in fuel warning lamp
H16 - Engine defect warning lamp - yellow
H17 - Maintenance indicator lamp
K1 - Start relay
K2-9 - Auxiliary relay
K10 - Preheating relay
K11 - Auxiliaries relay
M1 - Starter
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting
system
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation
M4 - Front windscreen wiper
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper
M6 - Front windscreen washer
M7 - Rear windscreen washer
M8 - Fan of heating
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer

262

P3 - Fuel gauge
P4 - Speedometer
P5 - Hour counter
Q1 - Battery disconnector
R1,2 - Resistors
R3 - Engine preheating
R4 - Engine speed control
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system
S3 - Switch box
S4 - Switch of front headlights
S5 - Switch of rear headlights
S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional)
S7 - Change-over switch of direction
lights (optional)
S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional)
S9 - Push button of horn
S11 - Push button of emergency brake
S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (at the travel control)
S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel control)
S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
S15 - Pressure switch of steering
S16 - Switch - fast travel
S17 - Switch - speed preselector
S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel control)
S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
S21 - Pressure switch of brake
S22 - Chair switch
S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (optional)
S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (optional)
S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter
clogging
S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic
filter clogging
S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heating
S35 - Parking brake push button
S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the
drum
S37 - Engine idle speed switch
S38 - Engine diagnostic switch
S39 - Trouble shooting switch
S40 - Water in fuel sensor
V3 - Blocking diode (only machine with
signalling of sound lift cabin)

4-7 - Blocking diode

V
X2-24 - Connectors
X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
X27 - Socket of safety beacon
X28-33 - Connectors
X34 - Engine diagnostic
X35-40 - Connectors J1939
X41-42 - Connectors
Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lowering
Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (left wheel)
Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (drum)
Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration
II.
Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - LH wheel backward(opt.)
Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - LH wheel forward (opt.)
Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (right wheel)
Y15 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel forward (opt.)
Y16 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel backward (opt.)

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
X8

Engine connector

X3:1

S3

30

X3:2

X4:3

X2

X4:4

X9:8

X26:1 X10:9

15/54
50a

X10:1 X9:1

E3

F1

E1

E4
X18:1

E5

FRONT HEADLIGHTS

2 7

X3:4

Radio
put in

X6:1

E6

K1

E2

TAIL LIGHTS

8
1

Y4

FRONT OUTLINE LIGHTS

S2

2 7

Y2

HOOD LOWERING

F11

Y3

BAT

50A

S1

50
G3

F9

50

M1
31

GRD

M2
30

31

30

F12

HOOD LIFTING

Q1

+
12V
1OOAh

V3
Y1

30A

+
12V
1OOAh

CAB LIFTING
CAB LOWERING

125A

G2

F10
G1

K10

R3

6
8
1
9

X3:5
X10:2 X9:2

X28

S4

20A

2
3
10

E7
E8

REAR HEADLIGHTS

X18:2

X3:6

1
9

X9:7 X10:7

E9

E14

X18:3

X3:7

RIGHT REAR DIRECTION LIGHT

E12

X18:4

X3:8

RIGHT FRONT DIRECTION LIGHT

E13

E10
E11

H1

S7
5

E15

H3

REVERSE ALARM

X5:2

X18:5

X3:10

K2

5
1

S11

S13

X13:3

X13:2

K11

2
5

3
1

K6

Y14

K8

S35
7
5

X12:8 X14:8

5
2

H6
3

A2

X4:5

S22

X33:1

X14:1

12
4
2
3 X11:7

X33:2

Travel
electronics

8
5

X4:2

1
Y7

K5
2
3

10
11

FAST TRAVEL - LEFT WHEEL

FAST TRAVEL - RIGHT WHEEL

4
1
5

X5:3
X4:1

Y6

5
2

2
3

X13:4

X11:3

H5

BRAKE

K4

3
1

X11:4

7.5A

X11:2

4
X18:8

5
10

NC

1
3

2
5

H4

49

31

K3

X3:11

A1

F3
2

S12
X13:1 NO C

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL

S9

3
2

X11:1

X18:6,7
S14

S8

1
9

X3:9

H2

HORN

6 49a
1
5
10

X10:4 X9:4
X27

S6

2
8

SAFETY BEACON

F2
10A

X10:3 X9:3

LEFT REAR DIRECTION LIGHT

5
10

X1O:5 X9:5

CABIN ILLUMINATION
LEFT FRONT DIRECTION LIGHT

S5

6
X12:2
X14:2

S16

1
8
2

10 X13:8
5

X11:8
X14:3

X12:3

R1 X12:4
X12:6

470R
330R

Y9

VIBRATION 1
VIBRATION 2

X14:6

X4:7
1

Y10

S18
5

7
P S21

PRESSURE SWITCH OF BRAKE

X14:4 A2
R2 X12:5
A3
X14:5 A4

S17
A1

X12:7
X14:7 K7
5
3
2
1

X11:6 X13:6

S19

X13:5
X11:5

H7

X4:8
X5:1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G

H
I
J

K
L
M

211141_1

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

263

23. Electrical schemata

X20:1

26

X20:2

23

5
Y11

VALVE OF THE LEFT WHEEL BACKWARD

X5:4

-(24V)

X4:6

15,29

Y8

FAST TRAVEL (DRUM)

A
B
C
D
E
F
G

H
I
J

K
L
M

X20:10,11

+(24V)

28,42

F4

7,5A

40
H13

41

VALVE OF THE LEFT WHEEL FORWARD

X20:3

Y15

X20:7

24

X20:4

25

X20:8

27

X20:5

32

A4

Y12

VALVE OF THE RIGHT WHEEL FORWARD

SENSOR OF LONGITUDINAL INCLINATION

X21:1

X21:3

3(M)

4(C)

X21:4

S23 1(H)

X21:5

16
20
21

X21:6

SENSOR OF LEFT WHEEL SPEED

3(M)

S24

18

X21:7

1(H)

X21:8

4(C)

X21:10

S25

1(H)

X21:11

31

17

5V 1

Y13
A

X7:2

X7:3

4
A3

X24:1 X22:1

X24:3 X22:3

X24:2 X22:2

X12:1 X7:1

SERVOVALVE

3(M)

13

14

4(C)

X21:9

SENSOR OF RIGHT WHEEL SPEED

Y25

X21:2

9
5
3
2

SENSOR OF DRUM SPEED

A5
C

ATC ELECTRONICS

Y16

VALVE OF THE RIGHT WHEEL BACKWARD

3
X7:4 X11:8

8
X35

X39
4

X41:9
X41:6

7
3

2
10

S37
5
6
9

5A
K9
1
3

2
5

X41:5

X41:1
X41:4

S38
1 5

X41:2

S39
1 3
7

X41:3
X42:1

H14

X42:2

H15

X42:4

H17

X6:5

12R
H11

X6:9

H12

Z
M
X15:1
M

FRONT WINDSCREEN WIPER

S29
5 3
1

X15:4

S30
7 5

X15:2

X10:6 X9:6

P5
h

X6:8

S28

M4

4 P4

R5

P3

S27

M3

P2
+

X6:3

CABIN VENTILATION

F5

HYDRAULIC LIQUID FILTER

P
P

50

32

AIR FILTER

B2

R4

1 34 2 24 25 43 44
ENGINE CONNECTOR
X23
40 42
28

10K

B3

X41:8

11

46 39

37 47

22 23

X41:7

1A

V7

X36

X40
R6

FUEL GAUGE

F8
V6

TEMPERATURE OF HYDRAULIC LIQUID

Engine diag.
J1939

A
B
C

X34
C D E F G

A
B
C

A
B
C

A
B
C

X37

X38

A
B
C

H10
F6
15A

X16:2
X16:3
M

REAR WINDSREEN WIPER

M5

X16:4

M6

X17:1

X16:1
M

WINDSCREEN WASHER FRONT

M8

X6:10

FAN OF HEATING

WINDSCREEN WASHER REAR

X6:11

M7 X17:2

S31
7 5
1
S32
7 3
1
S33
5 3
1
F7
RESERVE FOR AIR CONDITION

20A

211141_2en

264

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

Connection of electromagnetic valves Y7, Y14, Y8, inter - wheel differential lock, without control unit A4.

10
9

5
1

K8

S36

X5:4

Y8

S18/5

FAST TRAVEL - drum

FAST TRAVEL - right wheel

Y14

X4:6

V5

X14:2
X12:2
FAST TRAVEL - left wheel

Y7

X4:5

V4

K7/5

F3/OUTPUT

S16/1,9

211141_3en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

265

266

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

24. Hydraulic

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

267

24.

Hydraulic

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC 70/90 - (TWO VALVES ATC - DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)

Legend:

1 -

Pump of travel

2 -

Pump of vibration

3 -

Hydromotor of the drum drive

4 -

Hydromotor of vibration

5 -

Hydromotor of the wheels drive

8 -

Pump of steering

9 -

Power steering unit

10 - Valve ASC

11 - Hydraulic cylinders of steering

12 - Block of divider

13 - Pressure switch

14 - Suction basket

15 - Block of filtration

16 - Filling socket

17 - Oil level gauge

18 - Cooler combined

19 - Non-return valve

20 - Thermoregulator

21 - Measuring quickcoupler

22 - Filling quickcoupler

23 - Quickcoupler

24 - Quickcoupler

25 - Thermometer sensor

26 - Aggregate

27 - Manual pump

28 - Lifting block

29 - Hydraulic lock

30 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the cabin

31 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the hood

268

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

L>

500

200

200

xx

140 /

{]x

L>

L>

]
{x

{x

n
{x

{x

xL>
{
xx

WORKSHOP MANUAL

SCH70

269

24.

Hydraulic

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC 70-90 (4 VALVES ATC - INTERAXLE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)

Legend:

1 -

Pump of travel

2 -

Pump of vibration

3 -

Hydromotor of the drum drive

4 -

Hydromotor of vibration

5 -

Hydromotor of the wheels drive

8 -

Pump of steering

9 -

Power steering unit

10 - Valve ASC

11 - Hydraulic cylinders of steering

13 - Pressure switch

14 - Suction basket

15 - Block of filtration

16 - Filling socket

17 - Oil level gauge

18 - Cooler combined

19 - Non-return valve

20 - Thermoregulator

21 - Measuring quickcoupler

22 - Filling quickcoupler

23 - Quickcoupler

24 - Quickcoupler

25 - Thermometer sensor

26 - Aggregate

27 - Manual pump

28 - Lifting block

29 - Hydraulic lock

30 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the cabin

31 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the hood

270

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

L>

500

200

200

xx

140

L>

{]x

L>

{x

{x

{

xL>
xx

WORKSHOP MANUAL

396S001

271

24.

Hydraulic

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC70/90 - (INTER - WHEEL DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)

legend:

- Travel pump

- Vibration pump

- Drive drum hydromotor

- Vibration hydromotor

- Wheel hydromotors

- Steering pump

- Power steering unit

11

- Steering hydraulic cylinder

12

- Divider lock

13

- Switch 60 bar

14

- Suction strainer

15

- Block of filter

16

- Filler

17

- Hydraulic tank float

18

- Combined cooler

18

- One-way valve

20

- Thermoregulator

21

- Check point

22

- Quick-release coupling - male

23

- Quick-release coupling - female

24

- Quick-release coupling - male

25

- Temperature sensor

26

- Lifting electro-hydraulic generator SMA03

27

- Lifting hand hydraulic generator RC16

28

- Lifting block

29

- Hydraulic lock

30

- Cabin lifting hydraulic cylinder

31

- Bonnet lifting hydraulic cylinder

272

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

L>

500

200

200

140

xx

L>

{]x

L>

L>

12

{x

{x

{x

{x

{

xx

xL>

WORKSHOP MANUAL

396S003

273

24.

Hydraulic

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC70-90 (FOUR VALVES ATC - INTERAXLE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)

for ASC 70 since serial number

444 to 752

for ASC 90 since serial number

127 to 181

legends:

- Travel pump

- Vibration pump

- Drive drum hydromotor

- Vibration hydromotor

- Wheel hydromotors

- Steering pump

- Power steering unit

10

- Valve ASC

11

- Steering hydraulic cylinder

12

- Brake block

13

- Switch 60 bar

14

- Suction strainer

15

- Filter

16

- Filler

17

- Hydraulic tank float

18

- Combined cooler

18

- One-way valve

20

- Thermoregulator

21

- Check point

22

- Quick-release coupling - male

23

- Quick-release coupling - female

24

- Quick-release coupling - male

25

- Temperature sensor

26

- Lifting electro-hydraulic generator SMA03

27

- Lifting hand hydraulic generator RC16

28

- Lifting block

29

- Hydraulic lock

30

- Cabin lifting hydraulic cylinder

31

- Bonnet lifting hydraulic cylinder

274

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

21

13

22

24

23

12

15

27

500

21

60 bar

200

200

55

140

3,5

24

2,7

11

350

350

P1

M
15 bar
T

B5

16 bar

B3

B2
B4

B1

46

10

28

345

345

21

35

21

60

60

60

25

18

40C

20

55C

5bar

10

19

16 17

24

29

31

26

A1

A2

80
1.9

B1

B2

100

14

27

28

29

30

WORKSHOP MANUAL

396S04

275

24.

Hydraulic

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC70-90 (INTER - WHEEL DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)

for ASC 70 since serial number

444 to 752

for ASC 90 since serial number

127 to 181

diagram:

- Travel pump

- Vibration pump

- Drive drum hydromotor

- Vibration hydromotor

- Wheel hydromotors

- Steering pump

- Power steering unit

10

- Brake block

11

- Steering hydraulic cylinder

12

- Divider lock

13

- Switch 60 bar

14

- Suction strainer

15

- Filter

16

- Filler

17

- Hydraulic tank float

18

- Combined cooler

18

- One-way valve

20

- Thermoregulator

21

- Check point

22

- Quick-release coupling - male

23

- Quick-release coupling - female

24

- Quick-release coupling - male

25

- Temperature sensor

26

- Lifting electro-hydraulic generator SMA03

27

- Lifting hand hydraulic generator RC16

28

- Lifting block

29

- Hydraulic lock

30

- Cabin lifting hydraulic cylinder

31

- Bonnet lifting hydraulic cylinder

276

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

27

500

21

60 bar

55

)(

)(

24

2,7

M
P1

350

350

15 bar

B5

16 bar

B1

B3

B2
B4

46

)(

1.1
450

450

28
345

345

)(

21

)(

3,5

)(

13

)(

)(

22

140

)(

24

23

10

15

200

200

)(
)(

)(

12

)(

)()(

11

21

21

60

60

60

35

25

18

40C

55C

5bar

20

19

16 17

24

29

31

26

80

1.9
M

B1

A1

B2

A2

100

14

27

28

29

30

WORKSHOP MANUAL

)(

)(

)(

)(

396S05

277

24.

Hydraulic

Hydraulics - ASC70/90 - Wheel differential lock

for ASC 70 since serial number

753

for ASC 90 since serial number

182

Legend:

1 - Travel hydrogenerator

2 - Vibration hydrogenerator

3 - Drum travel hydromotor

4 - Vibration hydromotor

5 - Wheel travel hydromotor

SAUER

7 - Divider block

HYTOS

8 -Steering hydrogenerator

REXROTH

9 - Power-assisted steering

REXROTH

SAUER
SAUER

10 - Brake block

HYTOS

11 - Linear hydromotor - steering

AXL SEMILY

12 - Flushing Block

HYTOS

13 - Switch 6000 kPa

HYTOS

14 - Suction strainer

HYTOS

15 - Filter

DONALDSON

16 - Filler neck

ARGO

17 - Level indicator

18 - Combined cooler

EMMEGI

19 - One-way valve (check valve)

HYTOS

20 - Thermo-regulator

21 - Quick-coupler for measuring

STAUFF

22 - Quick-coupler for filling - male

FASTER

23 - Quick-coupler - female

FASTER

24 - Quick-coupler - male

FASTER

25 - Thermometer sensor

26 - SMA 03 lifting unit

27 - RC16 manual lifting unit

28 - Lifting block

HYTOS

29 - Hydraulic lock

HYTOS

30 - Linear hydromotor - cab lifting

AXL SEMILY

31 - Linear hydromotor - bonnet lifting

AXL SEMILY

278

HYTOS

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

MB

12

500

MA

15

55

21

13

60 bar

140

22

200

200

3,5

24

10

2,7

24

23

11

P1

350

350

15 bar
T

B5

16 bar

B3

B2
B4

B1

P1

46

420

420

28

345

345

21

25

21

60

60

60

35

25

18

40C

5bar
C

55C

20

19

16 17

24

29

31

26
80

1.9

B1

A1

B2

A2

100

14

27

28

29

30

WORKSHOP MANUAL

107530

279

1,1 mm

1 MPa

24.

Hydraulic

Hydraulics - ASC70/90 - ATC inter-axle lock

for ASC 70 since serial number

753

for ASC 90 since serial number

182

Legend:

1 - Travel hydrogenerator

2 - Vibration hydrogenerator

3 - Drum travel hydromotor

4 - Vibration hydromotor

5 - Wheel travel hydromotor

SAUER

7 - RTM Module

REXROTH

8 - Steering hydrogenerator

REXROTH

9 - Power-assisted steering

REXROTH

SAUER
SAUER

10 - RTM control block

HYTOS

11 - Linear hydromotor - steering

AXL SEMILY

12 - Brake block

HYTOS

13 - Pressure switch

HYTOS

14 - Suction strainer

HYTOS

15 - Filter

DONALDSON

16 - Filler neck

ARGO

17 - Level indicator

18 - Cooler combined-type

EMMEGI

19 - One-way valve

HYTOS

20 - Thermoregulator

21 - Quick-coupler for measuring

STAUFF

22 - Quick-coupler for filling - male

FASTER

23 - Quick-coupler - female

FASTER

24 - Quick-coupler - male

FASTER

25 - Thermometer sensor

26 - SMA 03 lifting unit

27 - RC16 manual lifting unit

28 - Lifting block

HYTOS

29 - Hydraulic lock

HYTOS

30 - Linear hydromotor - cab lifting

AXL SEMILY

31 - Linear hydromotor - bonnet lifting

AXL SEMILY

280

HYTOS

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

1 MPa

3
A

MA

TN

24

28

345

345

) (

46

) (

21

25

21

) (

350

350

P1 15 bar

B5 B1
B2
B4
B3

P1

) (

) (

) (

)(

24

23

2,7

16 bar
) (

55

21

60 bar

13

22

3,5

12

) (

1
C

15

140 T

) (

MB

10

500

R
) (

200

200

) (

) (

) ( ) (

11

60

60

60

35

25

18

40C 55C
C

5bar

20

19

16 17

24

29

31

26
80

1.9

B1
A1

B2

A2

100

14

27

28

29

30

WORKSHOP MANUAL

107531

281

24.

Hydraulic

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT ASC 100

Legend:

Travel pump

Vibration pump

Travel drum Hydromotor

Vibration Hydromotor

Wheel Hydromotor

Steering pump

Power steering unit

10

Brake block

11

Hydraulic steering cylinder

12

Flow divider

14

Suction strainer

15

Filter

16

Filler

18

Combined cooler

19

One - way valve

20

Thermoregulator

21

Test point

282

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

28061

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

283

24.

Hydraulic

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC 110-ASC 150 - (TWO VALVES ATC - DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)
--

The connections of hydraulic circuit are identical in both machine types. The only difference is in the type of pumps and hydraulic motors.

--

Machine ASC 110 uses vibration pump 90R042 and vibration hydraulic motor 90M042

--

Machine ASC 150 uses vibration pump 90R055 and vibration hydraulic motor 90M055

--

Moreover, it differs in the set-up of the over-flow valve that controls pressure in the body of the vibration pump, where in ASC
110 pressure has been set to 42 bar, and in ASC 150 to 28 bar. The control pressure in the bodies of travel pumps has been set
in both cases to 22 bars.

Legend:

1 -

Pump of travel

*2 - Pump of vibration

**2 - Pump of vibration

*3 - Hydromotor of the drum drive

**3 - Hydromotor of the drum drive

*4 - Hydromotor of vibration

**4 - Hydromotor of vibration

5 -

Hydromotor of the wheels drive

8 -

Pump of steering

9 -

Power steering unit

10 - Valve ASC

11 - Hydraulic cylinders of steering

12 - Block of divider

13 - Pressure switch

14 - Suction basket

15 - Block of filtration

16 - Filling socket

17 - Oil level gauge

18 - Cooler combined

19 - Non-return valve

20 - Thermoregulator

21 - Measuring quickcoupler

22 - Filling quickcoupler

23 - Quickcoupler

24 - Quickcoupler

25 - Thermometer sensor

26 - Aggregate

27 - Manual pump

28 - Lifting block

29 - Hydraulic lock

30 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the cabin

31 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the hood

* -

ASC 110

** -

ASC 150

284

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

L>

{]x

L>

L>

{x

I{
IIxx
I{
IIn

]n

{x

I
IIn

I{
IIxx

xL>
{
xx

WORKSHOP MANUAL

SCH11

285

24.

Hydraulic

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT ASC 110-150 (ATC - INTERAXLE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)

The connections of hydraulic circuit are identical in both machine types. The only difference is in the type of pumps and hydraulic
motors.

Machine ASC 110 uses vibration pump 90R042 and vibration hydraulic motor 90M042

Machine ASC 150 uses vibration pump 90R055 and vibration hydraulic motor 90M055

Moreover, it differs in the set-up of the over-flow valve that controls pressure in the body of the vibration pump, where in ASC 110
pressure has been set to 42 bar, and in ASC 150 to 28 bar. The control pressure in the bodies of travel pumps has been set in both
cases to 22 bars.

Legend:

1 -

*2 - Pump of vibration

**2 - Pump of vibration

*3 - Hydromotor of the drum drive

**3 - Hydromotor of the drum drive

*4 - Hydromotor of vibration

**4 - Hydromotor of vibration

5 -

Hydromotor of the wheels drive

8 -

Pump of steering

9 -

Power steering unit

10 - Valve ASC

11 - Hydraulic cylinders of steering

13 - Pressure switch

14 - Suction basket

15 - Block of filtration

16 - Filling socket

17 - Oil level gauge

18 - Cooler combined

19 - Non-return valve

20 - Thermoregulator

21 - Measuring quickcoupler

22 - Filling quickcoupler

23 - Quickcoupler

24 - Quickcoupler

25 - Thermometer sensor

26 - Aggregate

27 - Manual pump

28 - Lifting block

29 - Hydraulic lock

30 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the cabin

31 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the hood

286

Pump of travel

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

L>

{]x

L>

L>
*

I{
IIn

I{
IIxx

I
IIn

I{
IIxx

{

xL>

xx

ASC110*
ASC150**

WORKSHOP MANUAL

282h010

287

24.

Hydraulic

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC110/130/150 (INTER - WHEEL DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)

diagram:

- Travel pump

- Vibration pump

- Drive drum hydromotor

- Vibration hydromotor

- Wheel hydromotors

- Steering pump

- Power steering unit

11

- Steering hydraulic cylinder

12

- Divider lock

13

- Switch 60 bar

14

- Suction strainer

15

- Block of filter

16

- Filler

17

- Hydraulic tank float

18

- Combined cooler

18

- One-way valve

20

- Thermoregulator

21

- Check point

22

- Quick-release coupling - male

23

- Quick-release coupling - female

24

- Quick-release coupling - male

25

- Temperature sensor

26

- Lifting electro-hydraulic generator SMA03

27

- Lifting hand hydraulic generator RC16

28

- Lifting block

29

- Hydraulic lock

30

- Cabin lifting hydraulic cylinder

31

- Bonnet lifting hydraulic cylinder

288

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

27

21

13

22

21

75

21

22

15

200

60 bar

150

798

200

24

23

11

10

420

420

4,5

17 Bar

16 Bar

12

42

63*

1.8

28*

42

450

450

400

400

21

60

60

60

80*

42 63*

21

25

40C 55C

5bar

20

18

19

16

24

29

31

17

26

A1

A2

80
1.9

B1

B2

100

ASC110
ASC150*

14

27

28

29

30

WORKSHOP MANUAL

282S0016T

289

24.

Hydraulic

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC110/130/150 (FOUR VALVES ATC - INTERAXLE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)

for ASC 110 since serial number

555 to 1334

for ASC 150 since serial number

430 to 852

diagram:

- Travel pump

- Vibration pump*

- Drive drum hydromotor

- Vibration hydromotor**

- Wheel hydromotors

- Steering pump

- Power steering unit

10

- Valve ASC

11

- Steering hydraulic cylinder

12

-Brake block

13

- Switch 60 bar

14

- Suction strainer

15

- Filter

16

- Filler

17

- Hydraulic tank float

18

- Combined cooler

18

- One-way valve

20

- Thermoregulator

21

- Check point

22

- Quick-release coupling - male

23

- Quick-release coupling - female

24

- Quick-release coupling - male

25

- Temperature sensor

26

- Lifting electro-hydraulic generator SMA03

27

- Lifting hand hydraulic generator RC16

28

- Lifting block

29

- Hydraulic lock

30

- Cabin lifting hydraulic cylinder

31

- Bonnet lifting hydraulic cylinder

* Rexroth A10VG 45 for ASC 110

Rexroth A10VG 63 for ASC 130/150

Sauer 90R042 for ASC 110

Sauer 90R055 for ASC 130/150

** Rexroth A10FM45 for ASC 110

Rexroth A10FM 63 for ASC 130/150

Sauer 90M042 for ASC 110

Sauer 90M055 for ASC 130/150

290

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

21

13

22

15

24

23

12

150

21

60 bar

798

75

200

200

3,5

22

2,7

16 bar

11

B5

B1

420

420

B2 B4

B3

P1

T
P

10

45
63*
63** 42
28*
28**

350

350

21

28

21

60

60

60
60*
80**

45
45*
63**

25

55 bar

55C

18

40C

20

19

10

16

24

29

31

A1

A2

17 26

80

1.9

B1

B2

29

27
14

28

100

30

ASC110
ASC130*
ASC150**

WORKSHOP MANUAL

15 bar

282010

291

24.

Hydraulic

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC110/130/150 - (FOUR VALVES ATC - INTERAXLE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)

for ASC 110 since serial number

555 to 1334

for ASC 150 since serial number

430 to 852

diagram:

- Travel pump

- Vibration pump*

- Drive drum hydromotor

- Vibration hydromotor**

- Wheel hydromotors

- Steering pump

- Power steering unit

10

- Brake block

11

- Steering hydraulic cylinder

12

- Divider lock

13

- Switch 60 bar

14

- Suction strainer

15

- Filter

16

- Filler

17

- Hydraulic tank float

18

- Combined cooler

18

- One-way valve

20

- Thermoregulator

21

- Check point

22

- Quick-release coupling - male

23

- Quick-release coupling - female

24

- Quick-release coupling - male

25

- Temperature sensor

26

- Lifting electro-hydraulic generator SMA03

27

- Lifting hand hydraulic generator RC16

28

- Lifting block

29

- Hydraulic lock

30

- Cabin lifting hydraulic cylinder

31

- Bonnet lifting hydraulic cylinder

* Rexroth A10VG 45 for ASC 110

Rexroth A10VG 63 for ASC 130/150

Sauer 90R042 for ASC 110

Sauer 90R055 for ASC 130/150

** Rexroth A10FM45 for ASC 110

Rexroth A10FM 63 for ASC 130/150

Sauer 90M042 for ASC 110

Sauer 90M055 for ASC 130/150

292

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

21

13

22

15

24

23

10

60 bar

798

21

150

75

200

200

3,5

22

2,7

16 bar

B1

B5

420

420

B2 B4

11

B3

P1

12

45
63*
63** 42
28*
28**

1.8

450

450

350

350

21

28

21

60

60

60
60*
80**

25

45
45*
63**

5bar

55C

18

40C

19
20

16

24

29

31

17

26

A1

A2

80

1.9

B1

B2

29

14
100

27

28

30

ASC110
ASC130*
ASC150**

WORKSHOP MANUAL

15 bar

282011

293

24.

Hydraulic

Hydraulic circuit ASC110/130/150 INTER - Wheel differential lock

for ASC 110 since serial number

1335

for ASC 130 since serial number

128

for ASC 150 since serial number

853

Diagram:

1 - Travel hydrogenerator

SAUER

2 - Vibration hydrogenerator

3 - Drum travel hydromotor

4 - Vibration hydromotor

5 - Wheel travel hydromotor

SAUER

7 - Divider block

HYTOS

8 -Steering hydrogenerator

REXROTH

9 - Power-assisted steering

REXROTH

SAUER

10 - Brake block

HYTOS

11 - Linear hydromotor - steering

AXL SEMILY

12 - Flushing Block

HYTOS

13 - Switch 6000 kPa

HYTOS

14 - Suction strainer

HYTOS

15 - Filter

DONALDSON

16 - Filler neck

ARGO

17 - Level indicator

18 - Combined cooler

EMMEGI

19 - One-way valve (check valve)

HYTOS

20 - Thermo-regulator

21 - Quick-coupler for measuring

STAUFF

22 - Quick-coupler for filling - male

FASTER

23 - Quick-coupler - female

FASTER

24 - Quick-coupler - male

FASTER

25 - Thermometer sensor

26 - SMA 03 lifting unit

27 - RC16 manual lifting unit

28 - Lifting block

HYTOS

29 - Hydraulic lock

HYTOS

30 - Linear hydromotor - cab lifting

AXL SEMILY

31 - Linear hydromotor - bonnet lifting

AXL SEMILY

294

HYTOS

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

60 bar

MB

10

21

13

22

798

1MPa

2,7

12

22

16 bar

3,5

15

75

200

MA

TN

150

200

11

420

420

23
24

B1 B2 B4 B3

B5

P1

P1
X

45
63*
63** 42
28*
28**

350

350

21

28

60

60

60
60*
80**

21

45
45*
63**

55C
C

5 bar

19

25 18

40C

20

16

24

29

31

A1

A2

17 26

80
1,9

B1

B2

ASC 110
ASC130*
ASC150**

100

14

27

28

29

30

WORKSHOP MANUAL

107556

295

15 bar

24.

Hydraulic

Hydraulic circuit ASC110/130/150 - Interaxle differential lock ATC

for ASC 110 since serial number

1335

for ASC 130 since serial number

128

for ASC 150 since serial number

853

Diagram:

1 - Travel hydrogenerator

SAUER

2 - Vibration hydrogenerator

3 - Drum travel hydromotor

4 - Vibration hydromotor

5 - Wheel travel hydromotor

SAUER

7 - RTM Module

REXROTH

8 - Steering hydrogenerator

REXROTH

9 - Power-assisted steering

REXROTH

SAUER

10 - RTM control block

HYTOS

11 - Linear hydromotor - steering

AXL SEMILY

12 - Brake block

HYTOS

13 - Pressure switch

HYTOS

14 - Suction strainer

HYTOS

15 - Filter

DONALDSON

16 - Filler neck

ARGO

17 - Level indicator

18 - Cooler combined-type

EMMEGI

19 - One-way valve

HYTOS

20 - Thermoregulator

21 - Quick-coupler for measuring

STAUFF

22 - Quick-coupler for filling - male

FASTER

23 - Quick-coupler - female

FASTER

24 - Quick-coupler - male

FASTER

25 - Thermometer sensor

26 - SMA 03 lifting unit

27 - RC16 manual lifting unit

28 - Lifting block

HYTOS

29 - Hydraulic lock

HYTOS

30 - Linear hydromotor - cab lifting

AXL SEMILY

31 - Linear hydromotor - bonnet lifting

AXL SEMILY

296

HYTOS

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

2200
RPM

75

) (

)(

)(

22

24

23

10

420

420

B1 B2 B4 B3

16 bar B5

2,7

P1

T
P

420

45
63*
63** 42
28*
28**

P1 B
420
A

350

350

) (

21

3,5

21

28

) (

13

22

MA

15

200

) (

) (

60 bar

150

) (

MB

12

798

200

) (

) (

11
)(

1 MPa

) (

1,8 mm

) (

) ( ) (

60

60

21

60
60*
80**

45
45*
63**

25

18

40C 55C
C

5bar

20 19

16

24

29

31

17

26

A1

A2

80

1.9

B1

B2

ASC 110
ASC130*
ASC150**

100

14

27

28

29

30

WORKSHOP MANUAL

) (

107555

297

15 bar

24.

Hydraulic

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC 200/250 (TWO VALVES ATC - DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)

Legend:

1 -

Pump of travel

2 -

Pump of vibration

3 -

Hydromotor of the drum drive

4 -

Hydromotor of vibration

5 -

Hydromotor of the wheels drive

8 -

Pump of steering

9 -

Power steering unit

10 - Valve ASC

11 - Hydraulic cylinders of steering

12 - Block of divider

13 - Pressure switch

14 - Suction basket

15 - Block of filtration

16 - Filling socket

17 - Oil level gauge

18 - Cooler combined

19 - Non-return valve

20 - Thermoregulator

21 - Measuring quickcoupler

22 - Filling quickcoupler

23 - Quickcoupler

24 - Quickcoupler

25 - Thermometer sensor

26 - Aggregate

27 - Manual pump

28 - Lifting block

29 - Hydraulic lock

30 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the cabin

31 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the hood

298

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

L>

1000

200

200

140 /

{]x

L>

L>

{x

]n

{x

xL>
{
xx

WORKSHOP MANUAL

SCH21

299

24.

Hydraulic

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC 200-250 (FOUR VALVES ATC - INTERAXLE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)
Legend:

1 -

Pump of travel

2 -

Pump of vibration

3 -

Hydromotor of the drum drive

4 -

Hydromotor of vibration

5 -

Hydromotor of the wheels drive

8 -

Pump of steering

9 -

Power steering unit

10 - Valve ASC

11 - Hydraulic cylinders of steering

13 - Switch

14 - Suction basket

15 - Block of filtration

16 - Filling socket

17 - Oil level gauge

18 - Cooler combined

19 - Non-return valve

20 - Thermoregulator

21 - Measuring quickcoupler

22 - Filling quickcoupler

23 - Quickcoupler

24 - Quickcoupler

25 - Thermometer sensor

27 - Valve plate

28 - Aggregate

29 - Manual pump

30 - Lifting block

31 - Hydraulic lock

32 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the cabin

33 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the hood

300

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

L>

1000

200

200

140

{]x

L>

L>

{

xL>

xx

WORKSHOP MANUAL

278h0004

301

24.

Hydraulic

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC200-250 (INTER - WHEEL DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)

diagram:

- Travel pump

- Vibration pump

- Drive drum hydromotor

- Vibration hydromotor

- Wheel hydromotors

- Steering pump

- Power steering unit

11

- Steering hydraulic cylinder

12

- Divider lock

13

- Switch 60 bar

14

- Suction strainer

15

-Block of filter

16

- Filler

17

- Hydraulic tank float

18

- Combined cooler

18

- One-way valve

20

- Thermoregulator

21

- Check point

22

- Quick-release coupling - male

23

- Quick-release coupling - female

24

- Quick-release coupling - male

25

- Temperature sensor

27

- Valve plate

28

- Lifting electro-hydraulic generator SMA03

29

- Lifting hand hydraulic generator RC16

30

- Lifting block

31

- Hydraulic lock

32

- Cabin lifting hydraulic cylinder

33

- Bonnet lifting hydraulic cylinder

302

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

L>

140

{]x

L>

L>

xx

xL>

WORKSHOP MANUAL

278h005

303

304

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

25. Diagnostics of hydraulic

system defects

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

305

25. Diagnostics of hydraulic system defects

Recommended tools for servicing sauer 90 r hydraulic generators and motors
Torque wrench:

5,5 - 300 Nm

Set of open-end wrenches

1 1/16, 3/8 - 5/16, 7 mm, 10 - 11 mm

Ring wrench (open-ended)

24 - 27 mm

Wrench hexagonal (imbus)

5 mm

Set of imbus wrenches (internal hex)

2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 17 mm (metric thread)

Metering devices
Pressure gauge to 6 MPa (60 bar) - 2 pieces (filling pressure)
Pressure gauge to 60 MPa (600 bar) 2 pieces (high pressure loop)

Standard

Test spots ASC 70/90

Maximal pressure
MPa

[PSI]

Pressure in the circuit of backward travel

35*

[5075]

Pressure in the circuit of forward

travel

35*

[5075]

Pressure in the circuit of vibration I

35

[5075]

Pressure in the circuit of vibration II

35

[5075]

Pressure in the circuit of steering

14**

[2030]

Feeding pressure

2,4***

[348]

* The value will increase by supplementary pressure, i.e., by

up to 3 MPa (435 PSI)
** Total pressure in the return line of steering (supplementary
pressure + flow losses)

1
3

ASC381

*** The value at idle speed [it is higher at maximum speeds;

max. 3.0 MPa (435 PSI).

ASC382

306

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Test spots ASC110/ASC130/ASC150
Maximal pressure
MPa

[PSI]

Pressure in the circuit of backward travel

42*

[6090]

Pressure in the circuit of forward

travel

42*

[6090]

Pressure in the circuit of vibration I

40

[5800]

Pressure in the circuit of vibration II

40

[5800]

Pressure in the circuit of steering

15**

[2175]

Feeding pressure

2,2***

[320]

ASC383

ASC200/ASC250
Maximal pressure
MPa

[PSI]

Pressure in the circuit of backward travel

42*

[6090]

Pressure in the circuit of forward

travel

42*

[6090]

Pressure in the circuit of vibration I

35

[5075]

Pressure in the circuit of vibration II

35

[5075]

Pressure in the circuit of steering

15**

[2175]

Feeding pressure

2,2***

[320]

ASC382A

* The value will increase by supplementary pressure, i.e., by

up to 3 MPa (435 PSI)
** Total pressure in the return line of steering (supplementary
pressure + flow losses)
*** The value at idle speed [it is higher at maximum speeds;
max. 3.0 MPa (435 PSI).

6
ASC384
Test spots ASC 70/90, ASC 200/250
Vibration hydraulic pump Rexroth
3

Maximal pressure

Pressure in the circuit

MPa

[PSI]

34

[4930]

34

[4930]

of vibration I
4

Pressure in the circuit

of vibration II

2
ASC385

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

307

25. Diagnostics of hydraulic system defects

Option
For easy diagnostics of hydraulic loops, the measuring pins are
terminated in the panel and equipped with quick-couplers for
easy and drip-proof connection of measuring devices (thread M
16x2).

ASC 70/90

Maximal pressure
MPa

[PSI]

Pressure in the circuit of backward travel

35*

[5075]

Pressure in the circuit of forward

travel

35*

[5075]

Pressure in the circuit of vibration I

35

[5075]

Pressure in the circuit of vibration II

35

[5075]

Pressure in the circuit of steering

18**

[2610]

Feeding pressure

2,4***

[348]

2
3
4
5
ASC386

ASC 200/250
Maximal pressure
MPa

[PSI]

Pressure in the circuit of backward travel

42*

[6090]

Pressure in the circuit of forward

travel

42*

[6090]

Pressure in the circuit of vibration I

35

[5075]

Pressure in the circuit of vibration II

35

[5075]

Pressure in the circuit of steering

20**

[2900]

Feeding pressure

2,2***

[320]

ASC387

* The value will increase by supplementary pressure, i.e., by

up to 3 MPa (435 PSI)
** Total pressure in the return line of steering (supplementary
pressure + flow losses)
*** The value at idle speed [it is higher at maximum speeds;
max. 3.0 MPa (435 PSI).

308

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Test spots ASC 110/150
For effective tests of hydraulic loops the test spots are accessible
from the dashboard, where quick-couplers have been installed
for easy and drop-free connection of metering devices through
threaded holes M 12x1,5.

1
2
3

Maximal pressure
MPa

[PSI]

Pressure in the circuit of backward travel

42*

[6090]

Pressure in the circuit of forward

travel

42*

[6090]

Pressure in the circuit of vibration I

40

[5800]

Pressure in the circuit of vibration II

40

[5800]

Pressure in the circuit of steering

19**

[2755]

Feeding pressure

2,2***

[320]

4
5
6

ASC388

* The value will increase by supplementary pressure, i.e., by

up to 3 MPa (435 PSI)
** Total pressure in the return line of steering (supplementary
pressure + flow losses)
*** The value at idle speed [it is higher at maximum speeds;
max. 3.0 MPa (435 PSI).

Inspection and adjustments

Inspection of safety valve for filling pressure
Mark the position of the valve in relation to the cylinder body.
Loosen the counter-nut 1-1/16, remove safety valve. Check
valve cone and seat. In re-assembly observe the correct position
of the valve to the mark. Tighten the counter-nut with torque
46-55 Nm (34-41 ft lbs).

ASC389
Adjustment of safety valve for filling pressure
Loosen counter-nut 1-1/16 and turn set-up plug. By turning
c/w the pressure increases, cc/w decreases. Thereafter tighten
counter-nut with torque 46-55 Nm (34-41 ft lbs).

ASC390
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

309

25. Diagnostics of hydraulic system defects

Plugging outlets a and b of the hydraulic generators
Remove high pressure hoses and plug openings A and B with
suitable balls.

ASC391

Safety high pressure valve

The safety high pressure valve is part of the multi-functional
valve, which contains also the by-pass valve.

ASC392
Dividending of the multi-functional valve into.

ASC393

ASC394
310

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Assembly of the multi-functional valve.

ASC395
Adjustment of safety pressure
Turn the screw by the internal hexagonal socket while holding
the middle hexagonal head. Turning c/w the pressure increases,
cc/w decreases. One turn changes pressure by 9,3 MPa (1349
PSI). In the set position hold the set-up screw using key and
tighten counter-nut with torque 16 Nm (12 ft lbs). Use same
procedure for the second multi-functional valve.

ASC396
Adjustment of bypass valves, see fig.
By-pass valve is part of the multi-functional valve. Opening and
closing of valves is done with the motors shut down. For the
middle screw of the multi-functional valve use key 1-1/16, and
for the large screw us key 1-14. Turn the middle screw 3 turns
cc/w by-pass valve is open. Do not turn by more than 3.5 turns
- a considerable amount of oil would leak out.

ASC397

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

311

25. Diagnostics of hydraulic system defects

Inspection and adjustment of vibration frequency

Frequency measurement should be performed while the machine is running at maximum RPM with the
engine warmed up to the running temperature and
with hydraulic oil minimum temperature of 50 C
(122 F).
Before setting frequency, check and set engine RPM
according to the Table and then set the revolution
counter.
The engine should be warmed to running temperature while you are setting the engine.

282D0006A
Adjust max. speed of the engine / for engine TIER I
Measure max. speed of engine by means of the stroboscope or
multimeter (1). The machine without load.
Note
Electric wiring for the revolution counter is always led and ended under the instrument panel and it can be used for connecting the multimeter for check-up of engine revolutions instead
of the stroboscope.

Adjust with regulating bolt 1 of injections pump.

Machine

282D0001

RPM Engine

ASC 70 - ASC 90

2200+30

B3.9-C99

ASC 110

2300+50

B5.9-C148

ASC 150

2250+30

B5.9-C148

ASC 200 - ASC 250

2500+30

B5.9-C200

Check measured RPM to the revolution counter. If necessary, set

the counter after lifting off the instrument panel from the bottom using adjusting screw A.

ASC398
Adjusting max. Revolution of engine Tier 2 B4.5-C99
(ASC70-90)
Start the engine and set maximum 2200+30 revolutions check
it using a stroboscope or with a multimeter connected to the
supply line to the revolution counter

Note:
Electric wiring for the revolution counter is always led and ended under the instrument panel and it can be used for connecting the multimeter for check-up of engine revolutions instead
of the stroboscope.

282D0006A
312

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
If the measured revolutions are different adjust max. speed with
the bolt (1).

282D0009A
Check measured RPM of engine with the revolution counter. If
necessary, set the counter after lifting off the instrument panel
from the bottom using adjusting screw A.

Note:
RPM of engines:

QSB5.9-C155 TIER II for rollers ASC 110-ASC 150

QSB 5.9-C205 TIER II for rollers ASC 200-ASC 250

are controlled by ECM (electronic control module) of the engine.

They are set by the manufacturer and it is nor necessary to set
them again.

ASC398

Adjust frequency vibration

Place sensor 2 of the instrument 1 to the damping plate of the

drum and measure the frequency.

ASC399
If the frequency differs from that specified in this manual, adjust
it by means of the adjusting screws on the pump of vibration.

Adjust with the engine off!!!

ASC 70

ASC 90

ASC 110

ASC 150

ASC 200

ASC 250

Highamplitude Hz [VPM]

Machine

30 [1800]

30 [1800]

32 [1920]

29 [1740]

28 [1680]

28 [1680]

Lowamplitude Hz [VPM]

40 [2400]

40 [2400]

35 [2100]

35 [2100]

34 [2040]

34 [2040]

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

313

25. Diagnostics of hydraulic system defects

ASC 110/150

ASC 200/250
Loose the lock nut (2) and using the screwdriver turn the adjusting screws (1) (unscrewing means higher frequency and opposite).
The upper screw A adjusts frequency of the high amplitude.
The lower screw B adjusts frequency of the low amplitude.
Do not adjust higher frequency than that specified by manufacturer. Do not switch the frequencies - the lower frequency must
comply with the higher amplitude and opposite. Manufacturer
adjusts the lower frequency and the higher amplitude at the
same direction as if the roller travels forward.

2
B

ASC400
ASC 70/90
The frequency of high amplitude vibration is adjusted by the
lower screw (2) only. Loosen safety screw (3) and using wrench
turn the set-up screw (2), adjust to required value, and tighten
safety screw. Frequency increases with the screw being turned
ccw, and vice versa.

2
ASC401

Adjust with the engine off!!!

1
! NOTE !
The zero position of the hydraulic generator power
cylinder has been adjusted by the manufacturer on
the upper screw (1). Any handling of this screw is
not permitted.
The frequency meter may be ordered from the anufacturer or your dealer.

314

ASC402

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Releasing transmission and wheel hydraulic motor brakes
ASC 110/150 - Release hose 4 and quick-coupling 3 in clamp 5.

ASC403
ASC 110/150 - Disconnect quick-coupling 2 of hose 1 from
pressure filter to hydraulic tank.

1
2

ASC404
ASC 110/150 - Quick-couple hose 4 to the manual hydraulic
generator with quick-coupling 2 on hose 1.

2
4
3

ASC405
ASC 70/90
ASC 200/250
Release hose 4 by quick coupler 3 in clamp 5.

Disconnect hose 1 from pressure filter to hydraulic tank in quick

coupler 2.

2
5

4
ASC406

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

315

25. Diagnostics of hydraulic system defects

ASC 70/90
ASC 200/250

Connect quick coupler 3 on hose 4 to manual hydraulic generator with quick coupler 2 in hose 1.

ASC407
ASC 70/90
ASC 200/250
Then short-circuit hydraulic travel loop. Two multi-purpose safety valves are located on the hydraulic travel generator. Unscrew
middle section (1) from the valves [hexagonal 27 mm (11/16)]
by three turns cc/w.

1
ASC408

Turn key in switch box to position I.

RPM x 100

J1939

II

282N084T
Insert lever in the manual hydraulic generator and start pumping, until brake indicator goes off.

Brakes of the machine have been released for towing.

316

ASC409

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Before you release the brakes, wedge the
both drums against any spontaneous
movement of the machine thereafter.
When towing the roller, check, if the
brakes do not get warm because of insufficient releasing. When the brakes
of gears, hydromotors are released and
the hydraulic circuit short-circuited, no
braking system is available! All the service, emergency and parking brakes are
out of operation!
Do not start the engine during towing.
For towing use undamaged ropes or tow
bars of sufficient capacity 1.5 x higher
than the weight of the towed vehicle. Do
not use a chain for towing!
Nobody may be on the vehicle that is being towed with non-functioning motor.
It is necessary to maintain the minimal
deviation from the direct towing angle.
Maximum deviation is possible within
30.
Smooth and constant movement must
be maintained in towing. Do not exceed
towing speed by more than 2 km/hour
(1.2 mph) and do not tow for more than
300 m (0.19 miles)
The towing machine should correspond
by its size to the damaged machine.
It must have sufficient towing power,
weight and braking effect.
When towing down hill an additional
machine must be attached to the rear
end of the machine. This way it is possible to prevent an inadvertent movement
of the damaged machine.
These are general requirements for a
safe towing of the machine under normal conditions. Any possibly different
situation that could occur during towing
must be consulted with the dealer
When towing is completed, return the
machine into its original shape.
When finished with towing, wedge both
drums and wheels and prevent spontaneous movement.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

317

318

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

26. Check the tightening

of bolted connections

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

319

26.

Check the tightening of bolted connections

Confirm regularly that no loosening of bolted connections has occurred.

Use the torque spanners to do the tightening.

TIGHTENING MOMENT

Worm

TIGHTENING MOMENT

For the screws

8,8 (8G)

For the screws

10,9 (10K)

Nm

lb-ft

Nm

lb-ft

For the screws

8,8 (8G)

For the screws

10,9 (10K)

Worm

Nm

lb-ft

Nm

lb-ft

M6

10

7,4

14

10,3

M18x1,5

220

162,2

312

230,1

M8

24

25,0

34

25,0

M20

390

287,6

550

405,6

M8x1

19

14,0

27

19,9

M20x1,5

312

230,1

440

324,5

M10

48

35,4

67

49,4

M22

530

390,9

745

549,4

M10x1,25

38

28,0

54

39,8

M22x1,5

425

313,4

590

435,1

M12

83

61,2

117

86,2

M24

675

497,8

950

700,6

M12x1,25

66

48,7

94

69,3

M24x2

540

398,2

760

560,5

M14

132

97,3

185

136,4

M27

995

733,8

1400

1032,5

M14x1,5

106

78,2

148

109,1

M27x2

795

586,3

1120

826,0

M16

200

147,5

285

210,2

M30

1350

995,7

1900

1401,3

M16x1,5

160

118,0

228

168,1

M30x2

1080

796,5

1520

1121,0

M18

275

202,8

390

287,6

The figures given in the chart are torques at dry thread (with coefficient of friction = 0,14). These figures do not apply to a lubricated
thread.

Chart showing the torques for cap nuts with sealing O ring hoses
Tightening moments for the sliding nuts with the tightening circle O - hoses
Nm

lb ft

Size
spanner

Worm

Hose

Nominal

Min

Max

Nominal

Min

Max

14

12x1,5

20

15

25

15

11

18

17

14x1,5

38

30

45

28

22

33

45

38

52

33

28

38

51

43

58

38

32

43

58

50

65

43

37

48

74

60

88

55

44

65

16

74

60

88

55

44

65

18

105

85

125

77

63

92

135

115

155

100

85

114

166

140

192

122

103

142

30

240

210

270

177

155

199

35

290

255

325

214

188

240

330

280

380

243

207

280

19

16x1,5

22

18x1,5

24

20x1,5

27

22x1,5

30

24x1,5

32

26x1,5

36
41
46
50

30x2
36x2
42x2
45x2

50

320

52x2

8
10
10
12
12
14
15

20
22
25
28

38
42

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Chart showing the torques for necks with sealing edge, or
with flat gasket

Chart showing the torques for plugs with flat gasket

Tightening moments for the necks

Tightening moments for the plugs

G -M

Nm

lb ft

G -M

Nm

lb ft

G 1/8

25

18

G 1/8

15

11

G 1/4

40

30

G 1/4

33

24

G 3/8

95

70

G 3/8

70

52

G 1/2

130

96

G 1/2

90

66

G 3/4

250

184

G 3/4

150

111

G1

400

295

G1

220

162

G 11/4

600

443

G 11/4

600

443

G 11/2

800

590

G 11/2

800

590

10 x 1

25

18

10 x 1

13

10

12 x 1,5

30

22

12 x 1,5

30

22

14 x 1,5

50

37

14 x 1,5

40

30

16 x 1,5

60

44

16 x 1,5

60

44

18 x 1,5

60

44

18 x 1,5

70

52

20 x 1,5

140

103

20 x 1,5

90

66

22 x 1,5

140

103

22 x 1,5

100

74

26 x1,5

220

162

26 x1,5

120

89

27 x 1,5

250

184

27 x 1,5

150

111

33 x 1,5

400

295

33 x 1,5

250

184

42 x 1,5

600

443

42 x 1,5

400

295

48 x 1,5

800

590

48 x 1,5

500

369

M-G

M-G

M-G

282N221T
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

282N222T
321

322

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

27. Hand Signals

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

323

26.

Check the tightening of bolted connections

Signal provided by Machine Operator Assistant unless Operator

is able to visually view driving area or working area, or working
equipment of the tool.
GENERAL COMMAND SIGNALS
Stop
One arm upright with open palm in Operators direction, second
arm akimbo
Attention
Both arms sideways raised horizontally palms forward.

STOP
Sig. 1

!
Sig. 2

Attention, Hazard
Oscillating motion of both arms with forearms from horizontally
sideways raised position into position of arms sideways raised
bent, and back again.

!
Sig. 3

SIGNALS TO DRIVE
Depart with the Machine
One arm raised bent with open palm, long motion by forearm
in direction of the motion required, second arm akimbo.

Sig. 4

324

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Slow drive forward towards me
Both arms abreast bent raised with palms towards the body
short oscillating movements by forearm towards the body and
back again.

Sig. 5

Slow drive backward away from me

Both arms abreast bent raised with palms away from the body
- short oscillating movements by forearm away from the body
and back again..

Sig. 6

RH drive
Left arm sideways raised, right arm akimbo.

Sig. 7

LH drive
Right arm sideways raised, left arm akimbo.

Sig. 8

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

325

26.

Check the tightening of bolted connections

Short movement

Both arms lifted forward, bent. Indicate distance X between

palms, then follows the signal to move.

Sig. 9

Engine start
Circular motion by right hand forearm with palm tightly closed.

Sig. 10

Engine cut off

Oscillating movement made by right hand sideways raised in
front of the body, pointing to the sides.

Sig. 11

326

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Notes

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

327

Notes

Ammann Schweiz AG
Eisenbahnstrasse 25
CH-4901 Langenthal
www.ammann-group.com

Ammann Verdichtung GmbH

Josef-Dietzgen-Strasse 36
D-53773 Hennef

Rammax Maschinenbau GmbH

Gutenbergstrasse 33
D-72555 Metzingen

Ammann Czech Republic a.s.

Nchodsk 145
CZ-54901 Nov Msto nad Metuj
Printed in Czech Republic